t '•.■»•- JANUARY, 1973 THE NAUTILUS Vol. 87 No. 1 A quarterly devoted to malacology and the interests of conchologists ifcgical L?.^or5itory JAN 2 61973 J Founded 1889 by Henry A. Pilsbry. Continued by H. Burrington Baker. Editors; R. Tucker Abbott and Charles B. Wurtz EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. Department of Mollusks National Museum of Canada Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A-0M8 Dr. William J. Clench Curator Emeritus Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02138 Dr. William K. Emerson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 10024 Mr. Morris K. Jacobson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 1 0024 Dr. Aurele La Rocque Department of Geology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. James H. McLean Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, California 90007 Dr. Arthur S. Merrill Biological Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service Oxford, Maryland 21654 Dr. Donald R. Moore Division of Marine Geology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 1 0 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 Dr. Joseph Rosewater Division of Mollusks U. S. National Museum Washington, D.C. 20560 Dr. G. Alan Solem Department of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois 60605 Dr. David H. Stansbery Museum of Zoology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. Ruth D. Turner Department of Mollusks Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02138 Dr. Gilbert L. Voss Division of Biology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 10 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 EDITORS Dr. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Box 3937, GreenvQle, Delaware 19807 Dr. Charles B. Wurtz 3220 Penn Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19129 Mrs. Horace B. Baker Business and Subscription Manager 1 1 Chelten Road Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 OFFICE OF PUBLICATION Delaware Museum of Natural History Kennett Pike, Route 52 Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 Second Class Postage paid at Wilmington, Delaware Subscription Price: $7.00 (see inside back cover) ■^jft^!^P>\ THE ,, / ' NAUTILUS (^ '■-■'-'.'' , io- \ Volume 87, number 1 --January 1973 CONTENTS '^ David L. West Notes on the Development ofColus stimpsoni {Prosohr^nchia: Buccinidae) 1 T. S. Katsigianis and W. N. Harman Variation in the Radular Teeth of Helisoma anceps(Menke) 5 Branley A. Branson Significant Pelecypod Records from Oklahoma 8 James B. Sickel A New Record of Corbicula manilensis (Philipp'i) in the Southern Atlantic Slope Region of Georgia ..11 David Bickel Non-marine Mollusks and Two New Species of Pisidium from the Tongue River Formation (Paleocene), North Dakota 13 John W. Ropes and Arthur S. Merrill To What Extent Do Surf Clams Move? 19 William K. Emerson LeoGeorgeHertlein(1898-1972), AnObituaryandFinalBibliography 22 John W. Clark, Jr. The Problem of the Land Snail Genus Rabdotus in Texas Archeological Sites 24 Lothar Forcart Noteson Veronicellidae and Athoracophoridae in the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago ... .25 SHORT PAPERS James L. Murphy Cerion from an Archeological Site in Northern Ohio 28 J. P. E. Morrison New Name for a Texas Hvdrobia 28 Dorothy E. Beetle Phvsa acuta in Virginia 28 R. Tucker Abbott Spread of Melanoides tuberculata (Thiaridae) 29 Dorothy E. Beetle Fresh-water MoUusks from Coastal Virginia 29 Book Reviews (oOPat Halliday,4; A. Feininger and W. K. Emerson, 12;S. and L.Goodman, 22; K.J. Boss, 29. Obituary and News 27, 30 i STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP. MANAGEMENT AND CIR- CULATION (Required by) Act of October 23, 1962: Section 4396. Title 39. United States Code, and postal regulation 132-622. 1. Title of publication: THE NAUTILUS. 2. Date of filing, September 25, 1972. 3. Frequency of issue: Quarterly (4 per year). 4. Location of known office of publication: Delaware Museum of Natural History, Kennett Pike, Box 3937, Greenville, De. 19807. 5. Location of the Headquarters or General Business Offices of the Publishers: Delaware Museum of Natural History, Ken- nett Pike, Box 3937, Greenville, De. 19807. 6. Names and addresses of publisher, editor, and managing edi- tor: Publisher, Mrs. Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Rd., Havertown, Pa. 19083. Editor, R. Tucker Abbott, Dela- ware Museum of Natural History, Box 3937, Greenville, De. 19807. Managingeditor, none. 7. Owner: Mrs. Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Rd., Havertown, Pa. 19803. 8. Known bondholders, mortgages, and other security holders owning or holding 1 percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages or other securities: none. 9. Extent and Nature of Circulation: A. Total No. Copies Printed (Net Press Run) B. Paid Circulation 1. Sales through dealers and carriers, street vendors and counter sales 2. Mail subscriptions C. Total Paid Circulation D. Free Distribution (including samples) by mail, carrier or other means E. Total Distribution (Sum of C & D) F. Office use, left-over, unaccounted and back start subscription copies G. Total (Sum of E & F) - should equal net press run shown in A. I certify that the statements made by me and complete, (signed) R. Tucker Abbott, Editor Average Single 12 Mos. Issue 1,000 1,000 none none 594 596 594 596 14 14 608 610 392 390 1,000 1,000 above are correct Singing cockles and mussels . . . Andreas Feininger William K. Emerson Photographs by Andreas Feininger Text by WilUam K. Emerson Drawing from two special collections, a noted photographer and the curator of invertebrates of the American Museum of Natural History present the shell world well-drawn. A panoramic view of the many varieties of shells, not just as scientific objects but as creations of spectacular beauty. Just how each shell— from the spiny Spondylus dncalif to the spirally Conus betuUnus— is shaped for its particular environment is clearly described and it is the beauty of these fabulous shapes, structures, and designs that makes Shells a beauty of a book. Witness shells as you've never seen them before in a book that creates almost a mystic satisfaction and a sense of awe. A STUDIO BOOK 208 black-and-white and 32 color illustrations $27.50 'At your bookseller or use this coupon to order THE "vIkTnG PRESS Dept. ATE-N, 625 Madison Avenue New York, NY. 10022 i Please send me 1 enclose che copies of Shells (??' $27.50 ea. money order for $_ total. (If nol completely satisfied, return the book within 10 days for a full refund Please add sales tax where applicable.) ^ Name - Address_ 'Cily _State_ _2ip_ 11 Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS NOTES ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF COLUS STIMPSONl (PROSOBRANCHIA: BUCCINIDAE)' David L. West Marine Science Institute Northeastern University Nahant, Mass. 01908 ABSTRACT The buccinid whelk of New England, Colus stimpsoni (March), feeds on the snails, Littorina littorea (Linnej and Polinices heros (Say), and occasionally on damaged bi- valves. In the laboratory, C. stimpsoni lays single capsules on rocks, each containing 4,000 ■ 5,500 eggs, but with only 1 to 8 eventually developing into young snails. During five years of observations, capsule-laying occurred from February to May. Development to a shell length of 5 to 8 mm takes 5 to 6 months. Colus stimpsoni (Morch, 1 867) ranges from Maine to North Carolina along the Atlantic coast, and oc- curs intertidally in its nortliernmost range. For the past 5 years, a population of C. stimpsoni has been maintained at the Marine Science Institute. The orig- inal population and subsequent additions were col- lected intertidally at Cobscook Bay State Park, Edmunds, Maine and at Eastport, Maine. A few ob- servations on the larval development are herein de- scribed. Littorina littorea (L.) serves as a food item in the field and is used to maintain C. stimpsoni in the laboratory as recorded by Riser (1969). However, it will feed as well on Polinices heros (Say). The be- havior of Colus wliile feeding on P. heros is the same as for L. littorea (for description see Riser, 1969). However, there is one important additional condition. When P. heros is moving about and has its metapo- dium extended, Colus cannot attack. The predator cannot gain purchase when the prey's metapodium is extended over the sheU. C. stimpsoni has also been observed to feed on damaged bivalves and, on one oc- casion, upon a molting hermit crab. Smaller snails (less than 7 cm.) have also been observed to feed on dead, gaping Mercenaria mercenaria (L.) In the labo- ratory the smaller snails will feed also on the de- posited egg capsules of its own species. Crowded con- ditions in the aquaria may lend to this behavior. Thorson (1935) suggested that the capsules of Colus (=Sipho) curtus (Jeffreys) were attacked by various Natica in East Greenland. However, it is possible that 'Contribution number 18 from the Marine Science Institute. the capsules were preyed upon by small Colus. In the laboratory, C. stimpsoni deposits egg cap- sules throughout the year with increased deposition from February to May. Capsule-laying can be stimu- lated by periods of starvation followed by abundant food (similarly reported for Thais by D'Asaro, 1966). Capsules are laid singly and attached to rocks, the sides of aquaria, and occasionally on the shells of liv- ing C stimpsoni. Each capsule contains approxi- mately 4,000 to 5,500 eggs. In surface view, the capsules (Fig. 1 ) are circular to oval (10 - 16 mm. diameter) and, in side view, are subhemispherical (4 - 8 mm. in height). The capsule operculum (exit hole) is fusiform and measures 4-5 mm. in long axis and 3-4 mm. in short axis. When the capsule is viewed from the side, the operculum is situ- ated 1/3 - 2/3 the distance from the base to the apex. Capsules are whitish hyaline in appearance with a yel- low central portion containing the eggs. The capsule surface is slightly undulated with irregular striations. These egg capsules appear very similar to those of Colus (=Sipho) islandicus (Gmelin) figured by Thorson (1935: 14, Fig. 5). In cross section the cap- sule wall is composed of 3 differentially staining lay- ers and appears similar to the capsule wall of Ur- osalpinx cinerea (Say) described by Tamarin and Car- riker(1968). Individual eggs measure 1 80-1 90 /n in diameter and are densely packed with large yolk granules. The number of young snails which develop in a capsule varies from 1 to 8 (occasionally none) with an average of 4. The remaining eggs serve as food for the developing young. There is apparently no relation be- tween the size of the capsule and the number of snails THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) which develop. The largest capsules do not always contain the largest numbers of developing young. The first indication of embryos (which are young veligers) within a capsule still attached to the sub- strate is what appears to be an enlarged egg, 15-20 days after capsule deposition. The early veliger (figs. 2 & 3), after washing free from the surrounding eggs and albumin, measure 700-800 /i in length and 400-500 11 across the head vesicle and foot. The velum is small with the larval kidneys situated slightly ventral and near the junction of the velum and visceral mass. As the veliger continues to ingest the nurse eggs, the visceral mass increases in size at a rapid rate. The head vesicle and foot enlarge slightly, and the velum expands laterally (figs. 4 & 5). Development is usually delayed at this stage until all nurse eggs are ingested. However, this is variable depending on the number of larvae per capsule and the size of the capsule. In a large capsule with 4 veligers, development will continue before all nurse eggs are consumed; whereas, in a small capsule with 4 veligers, all nurse eggs will be consumed before devel- opment proceeds. The veligers may remain in this Fig. 1. Egg capsule (i]Xo\ti%%\.\m^%on\. Fig. 2. Early veliger. ventral view. Fig. 3. Early veliger, lateral view. Fig. 4. Late veliger, lateral view. Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS stage for 3 to 5 weeks, depending upon temperature and the relative number of nurse eggs. As development continues, whether all nurse eggs are ingested or not, the velum and head vesicle en- large, and the teloconch is laid down. The body be- gins to coil, and the mantle cavity enlarges (figs. 6 & 7). The foot is relatively small, and there is no ap- parent operculum at this stage. The digestive gland also begins to differentiate at this stage. The ingested nurse eggs can be seen through the shell. As tlie foot develops and the operculum is laid down, the velum enlarges laterally (fig. 8). The head vesicle does not increase and appears relatively small. The tentacles appear as small buds at the junction of the velum and head esicle and the body cannot be retracted into the shell at this stage. Development is completed when 2'/i • 3 whorls are formed. The protoconch is cast off just before or shortly after the velum disappears. The apex of the shell has a slight indentation where the protoconch was (see fig. 10). All nurse eggs are consumed before development is completed. Fig. 5. Late veliger, ventral view. Fig. 6. Early pediveliger, lateral view. Fig. 7. Early pediveliger, ventral view. Fig. 8. Pediveliger, ventral view. THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) The young snails remain within the capsule until the capsule operculum ruptures. In cases where this has been observed, the snails aid in removing the operculum by bumping against it as they wander about within the capsule. Apparently the capsule operculum is softened by external factors such as bac- teria and fungi. Young snaOs exit when they discover the hole in the capsule. The shell of the emerging snail (figs. 9 & 10) is 5-8 mm. in height and 3-4 mm. wide. The aperture has an undulating margin and about the first ^h of the body whorl has fine spiral striae. Total development time, from capsule deposition to emergence, takes 5 to 6 months in the laboratory. Development time apparently depends on temper- ature as well as the number of young and the number of nurse eggs available to the embryos. In all cases, all nurse eggs were ingested before emergence. Usually Figs. 9 & 10. Shell of emerging young Coins stimp soni. the young are of different sizes during development and at emergence. Tlie development of C. stimpsoni is similar to that of Buccinum undatum (L.) described by Portmann (1925). Both C. stimpsoni and B. un- datum emerge with about 3 whorls. However, the em- bryos of C. stimpsoni are of unequal size whereas Portmann (1925) indicates that the young of B. un- datum are of equal size througliout development and emergence. LITERATURE CITED D'Asaro, C. N. 1966. The egg capsules, embryo- genesis, and early organogenesis of a common oys- ter predator. Thais haemastoma floridana (Gastro- poda: Prosobranchia). Bull Mar. Sci. 16: 884-914. Morch, O. A. L. 1867. Faunula molluscorum Insu- larum Faeoroensium. Beretning om de hidtil fra Faeroerne bekjendte Bloddyr. Vidensk. medd. fra Naturh. Forn. Kjb. 1867 No. 4-7: 67-111. Portmann, A. 1925. Der Einfiuss der Nahreier auf die Larvenentwicklung von Buccinum und Purpura. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere 3: 526-541. Riser, N. W. 1969. Feeding behavior of some New England marine gastropods. The Nautilus 82: 112-113. Tamarin, A. and M. R. Carriker. 1968. The egg cap- sule of the muricid gastropod Urosalpinx cinerea: an integrated study of the wall by ordinary light, polarized light, and electron microscrope. Jour. Ul- trastr. Res. 21: 26-40. Thorson, G. 1935. Studies on the egg-capsules and de- velopment of Arctic marine prosobranchs. Medd. Greenland. 10(K5): 1-71. BOOK REVIEW SNAILY VERSE by Pat Halliday. 48 pp., numerous pen drawings; paperback. 1972. Volturna Press, Wellington House, Peterhead, Aberdeenshire AB4 7JH, Scotland. 30 pence (about 90c U. S.). This charming booklet of malacological rhymes and limericks is the funniest to be published in a century, and contains a remarkable amount of zoolo- gical information, as well as several parodies of English poets laureate. The numerous teleological etchings add to the humor of the 39 conchological poems. Otala, Otala, 0, snail of Morocco! Please answer me tliis, if you will - Do you suffer a lot during summer sirocco? Do you wish that the air was more chill? etc . . . R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS VARIATION IN THE RADULAR TEETH OF IIEUSOMA ANCEPS (Menke) T. S. Katsigianis' and W. N. Harnian^ ' Graduate student in Malacology, Biology Dept.,SUNY,Oneonta, New York 13820 ^ Assoc. Prof., Aquatic Biology, Biology Dept.,SUNY,Oneonta, New York 13820 ABSTRACT Variation in the structure of the radular teeth in several populations of Helisoma an- ceps ( Menke j ( Pulmonata: Planorbidae) have been studied in central New York State. A ratio was calculated, utilizing measurements obtained from a series of the first later- al radular teeth from individuals in each population. The data show that interpopulation variation is greater than intrapopulation variation, and that individual variation is less than intrapopulation variation. Interpopulation differences in the number and size of the cusps of the radular teeth of H. anceps were observed. Two populations studied possess first lateral teeth with simple entocones, mesocones and ectocones; another exhibits an accessory cusp on the distal portion of the entocone, while a second shows accessory cusps both distal and proximal on the entocone. INTRODUCTION The existence of intraspecific variation within spe- cies is an important aspect in the study of freshwater mollusks. Morphological differences of an ecopheno- typic or genetic nature often are apparent. Since populations of freshwater animals are normally sepa- rated in isolated environments, it is relatively easy for genetic differences to arise. This phenomenon is fur- ther enhanced by the hermaphroditic characteristic of pulmonale gastropods, which makes it possible for an entire population to be founded by a single individual having only a fraction of the genetic potential of the parent population. However, due to the relatively short duration of most freshwater biotopes, tliis gene- tic variation does not usually proceed to the species level (Hubendick, 1962). It has often been logically assumed that the morphology of the radulae of the omnivorous fresh- water pulmonates is not subject to severe selection pressures in the relatively homogeneous microhabitats in which these organisms live. Therefore, the radular teeth of these mollusks have long been considered conservative characters and have always been an im- portant part of the descriptions of these species [e.g., figure 1 illustrates the first lateral tooth of Helisoma antrosa (=anceps) (Menke) from Baker's (1928) description of the species] . A comparative study of the radular teeth of Lymnaea peregra (MuUer) (Pulmonata: Lymnaeidae) (Berrie, 1959) showed that although the structure of the teeth on the same radula, and within the same population exhibited variation, this was greatly ex- ceeded by interpopulation differences. In fact, there was often statistically significant differences between populations. This work was initiated to determine if differences could be observed between the structure of the radu- lar teeth in four populations of Helisoma anceps (Menke) (Pulmonata; Planorbidae) occurring within a 20 mile radius of Oneonta, Otsego Co., New York, U.S.A. METHODS Samples were taken at; 1. WUber Reservoir, Oneonta, Otsego Co., Susquehanna watershed; 2. Susquehanna River, Oneonta, Otsego Co., Susque- hanna watershed; 3. Moe Pond, SUNY at Oneonta Bi- ological Field Station, Cooperstown, Otsego Co., Susquehanna watershed; 4. Delaware River, Walton, Delaware Co., Delaware watershed (figure 2). Upon collection, snails of approximately the same size were preserved in 70% ethanol. The radula of each snail was removed from the buccal mass by heat- ing it in a concentrated potassium hydroxide solu- tion. Each radula was then rinsed in water foUowed by 90% ethanol and mounted unstained in euparol. An eyepiece micrometer was used to make measure- ments of individual teeth. All measurements were tak- en at 970X with an oil immersion lens on a phase contrast microscope. THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) FIGURE I. First lateral tooth of H. anceps showing measurements. Ec = ectocone. Me = mesocone. En = entocone (modified from Baker. 19281. FIGURE II. A portion of New York State showing the location of each population ■ Wilber Reservoir, ♦ Susquehanna River, • Moe Pond, A Delaware River. We calculated the B/E ratio as shown in figure 1, where B is the distance between the tips of the ecto- cone and the entocone, and E is the height of the me- socone from its junction with the ectocone to its tip. These measurements were taken on the first lateral teeth of one transverse row of teeth. Teeth from three rows, five rows apart, were studied on each radula. Six individuals were chosen from each popula- tion, therefore, a total of 36 teeth were studied from each. AH teeth measured were from the central por- tion of the radulae. It is in this region that the teeth are fully developed, yet not severely eroded. These are the same methods utilized by Berrie (1959). He calculated the B/E and F/E ratios (figure 1) on the first and sixth lateral teeth of each snail but concluded that the calculafion of the F/E ratio and the analysis of measurements on the sixth tooth were not necessary. The F/E ratio varied independently from the B/E ratio as did the data collected from the first and sixth lateral teeth. Figure III. First lateral radular teeth of H. anceps (drawn to scale, 1940x). A = Delware River, B = Moe Pond. RESULTS The means, standard errors, and standard devia- tions of the calculated B/E ratio are given in Table I. By adopfing the method used by Berrie (1959), the interpopulation differences have been estimated. Tliis analysis utilizes the following ratio. Mean - Mean Standard Error + Standard Error 1 2 A value of more than two for this ratio indicates a significant interpopulation difference while a value of three or more indicates that the populations are ob- viously different. Table II summarizes these results. In all cases a significant difference exists between each population. Althougli the Delaware River popu- lation is from an entirely different watershed than the other groups considered, it is extremely different only from the Wilber Reservoir population. There is no correlation between the proximity of each popula- tion and the degree of interpopulation variation. Tlie Moe Pond population was selected to examine the intrapopulation variation and the differences that \'ol. S-( 1 ) THE NAUTILUS occur bcivvcoii the iccth on the sumo r;idula. To ac- comphsh this, the stiiiulaid deviation lor the entire population was compaiei.1 to the standard deviation ot" tiie teeth on one ladula of one snail trom that population (Table 3). The standard deviation is much greater between the teeth from several members of the population than from the teeth of one individual, which parallels Berrie's results with /,. peregra. This indicates less variation between the radular teeth of each individual than between the radular teeth of the members of the population. DISCUSSION Althougli there were not as many populations con- sidered in this work as were studied by Berrie ( 1959). and although the populations are geographically much closer together, the results obtained are similar. The data show that interpopulation variation in the B/E ratio of the first lateral radular teeth of local populations of H. anceps is greater than intrapopu- 1; tion variation, and that individual variation is less than intrapopulation variation. Interesting interpopulation differences in the num- ber and size of cusps of the first lateral teeth of //. anceps have been observed. Figure 3 illustrates teeth from snails in two of the four populations studied. Each tooth was drawn with the aid of a Whipple micrometer in a phase contrast microscope at 1940X. All teeth are drawn to scale. They should be com- pared with figure I, showing Baker's ( 1928) typical //. anceps. Note the three cusps on the entocone of the tooth representing the Moe Pond population. This is the only population studied which had teeth that exhibited this morphology. The size of the marginal cusps on the entocone vary considerably. In some cases all three cusps are of equal size, in others the accessory cusps are much smaller. Other variations within this population include teeth which entirely lack the marginal cusps on the entocone and others which have a small cusp between the mesocone and ectocone. All of these variations may appear on the same radula. The population from the Delaware River exhibits teeth with one marginal cusp on the ento- cone. However, some individuals in that population show teeth having only the simple ectocone. inesti- cone. and entocone more typical of the Wilber Reser- voir and Susquehanna River populations. The latter populations never exhibited accessory cusps on the first lateral teeth of their radulae and were essentially the same as the tooth illustrated in figure I. LITERATURE CITED Baker, F. C. 1928. The freshwater mollusca of Wis- consin, Pt. I. Gastropoda. Wisconsin Gcol. Nat. Hist. Suiv. Bui. 70(1): I -.507, pi. 1-28. Berrie. A D. 1959. Variation in the radula of the freshwater snail Lyninaca peregra (Mliller) from northwestern Europe. Arkiv. for Zool. 12(27): 391-404. Hiibeiidick, B. 1962. Aspects on the diversity of the fresh-water fauna. Oikos.l3(2): 251-261. POPULATION B/E RATIO FOR 1st LATERAL TOOTH. wilber reservoir 1.305 + 0.045 0.192 delaware river 1.547 + 0.034 0.169 Susquehanna river 1.458-1-0.031 0.184 moe pond 1.730 + 0.047 0.212 Table I. Means, standard errors and standard deviations of the B/E ratio for the first lateral tooth. z o 1- < _1 3 Q. POPULATION ° £ 3! 1 1 > v re S _™ 0) •D c c .c u tl ■D C o a. o E wilber reservoir 3 2 3 delaware river 3 2 2 Susquehanna river 2 2 3 moe pond 3 2 3 Table II. Differences between the means of the first lateral teeth for the calculated B/E ratio. 6 INDIVIDUALS 1 INDIVIDUAL B/E RATIO 1.730 + 0.047 0.212 1.721 + 0.101 0.078 Table III. The variation between the teeth of the six Moe Pond specimens as compared to one specimen from Moe Pond. Means, standard errors and standard deviations are given. THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) SIGNIFICANT PELECYPOD RECORDS FROM OKLAHOMA Branley A. Branson Eastern Kentucky University Richmond. Kentuci/4, sec. 19, T152N, R81W. Paleocene; Tongue I^ver Formation. Collected Jan. 1971. Remarks: The 40 specimens examined vary in out- line and the degree to wliich beaks project above the hinge line. Smaller specimens tend to appear quite in- flated. Pisklium wardensis is distinguished from other Late Cretaceous and early Tertiary pisidid clams by its inflated ovate shell, broad and rather prominent beaks, and small size. The species is named for Ward County, North Dakota. Pisidium russelli new species Figs. 11, 12 Description: Shell moderately small, moderately inflated, outline ovate; beaks prominent, raised above hinge, situated about one third of shell length from posterior edge; anterior and posterior valve margins rounded; dorsal margin sliglitly convex, rounded pos- teriorally, forms rounded angle with anterior margin; ventral margin convex; striae fine, evenly spaced; hinge narrow; lateral teeth long, covering about three-fourths of sheU length; anterior inner lateral tooth Al (RV) long, cusp toward distal end; anterior outer lateral AIII generally parallel to AL prominent; anterior lateral All (LV) on inner margin of hinge, straight, cusp rounded and distal; posterior lateral teeth PL PHI (RV) slender, low, parallel, depression for opposing tooth long, narrow; posterior lateral tooth PU (LV) slender, low cusp rounded; cardinal tooth C3 (RV) distinctly curved, enlarged poster- iorally; cardinal teeth C2, C4, (LV) parallel, very sliglitly curved, C2 sliglitly shorter than C4. Types and measurements: Types are deposited in the United States National Museum of Natural His- tory. Holotype (USNM 180370) length 2.85 mm., heiglit 2.4 mm.; Paratype (USNM 180371) length 1.75 mm., height 1.55 mm.; Paratype (180372) length 1.8 mm., height 1.5 mm. Type locality: About 8 mi. south of Sawyer, Ward County, North Dakota, NW'/*, NWi4, sec. 19. T152N. R81W. Paleocene: Tongue River Formation. Col- lected Jan. 1971. Remarks: Pisidium russelli resembles P. wardensis in outline and hinge structure. It is distinguished from that species by its less inflated shell, sliglitly angular dorsal-anterior margin, more posteriorally situated beaks, and parallel cardinal teeth on the left valve. The name honors Dr. Loris S. Russell. Family Viviparidae Vivipanis peculiaris (Meek and Hayden. 1856) Fig. 7 Paludina peculiaris Meek and Hayden. 1856, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 8: 122. The species is characterized by having a thin trocliiform shell, about 5Vi flattened and slightly con- vex whoris, fine growth Hues, and very indistinct spi- ral ridges. The body wliori is angular at its base and the aperture is ovate to sub-quadrate. Three incom- plete specimens were found at this site. Two speci- mens measure: heiglit 18.6 mm. (juvenile whods miss- ing) and 18.2 mm.; width 16.5 mm. and 13.4 mm.; aperture heiglit 1 1 mm. and 10 mm. Vivipanis planolatcrc Russell from the Paleocene of Alberta seems to be a junior synonym of V. peculi- aris. The relarionship of V. peculiaris to the similar Cretaceous species. V. ro/irat// (Meek and Hayden). is uncertain, and the name V. conradi, has priority if the two shells are conspecific. Vivipanis raynoldsanus Meek and Hayden. 1861 Fig. 4 Meek and Hayden, 1861, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Piula- delphia 13: 446. Large adult specimens are crushed but several body whorl fragments suggest maximum shell widths of over 25 mm. The largest intact shells have heiglits of about 30 mm. and widths of about 20 mm. Four of eleven specimens have somewhat flattened whorls, a rounded angle where the side and base of the body whori meet, and whods with sliglit shoulders. Such specimens have an almost turbonate appearance. Meek (1876, p. 584) mentions specimens of V. ray- noldsanus with slightly flattened and shouldered whorls. On the basis of crushed and fragmcntaiy speci- mens of V. peculiaris and V. raynoldsanus. 1 incor- rectly reported V. trochiformis (Meek and Hayden) and V. retusus (Meek and Hayden) from this locality in an abstract (Bickel and Hall, 1971). Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS 17 Canipdoina iicbrasccnsis (Meek and Hayden, 1 856) Fig. 6 Buliimis ncbrascensis Meek and Hayden. I 856. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 8: 118. Two specimens from this site have the convex whorls, intlated body whorl, slight shoulder, and raised spiral lines of the typical form of C. ncbrascen- sis. Meek (1876. p. 586) states that on some speci- mens "the lower whorl shows faint traces of an ob- scure revolving ridge just below the suture." This characteristic occurs commonly on specimens 1 have seen from other localities in the Williston Basin and Delimata (1969, p. 29) notes it on material from the Little Missouri Badlands. Shoulders, when present, are less prominent than on C. ncbrascensis whitci Russell. The two specimens measure: heiglit 27.0 mm. and 16.6 mm.; width 18.0 mm. and 12.8 mm.; aperture heiglit 13.3 mm. and 9.0 mm. Campcloma ncbrascensis whitci Russell, 1931 Fig. 5 RusseU, 1931, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, ser. 3, 25 (sec. 4): 12, pL 2, fig. 1. This shell is the most common of the larger vivi- parids encountered with 17 fairly intact specimens being recovered. Many shells are crushed by sediment compaction and others were destroyed during col- lection. Campcloma ncbrascensis whitci differs from typical C. ncbrascensis in having a prominent shoulder at the top of the penultimate and body whorl and a broad, shallow depression or sinus just below the shoulder. Five specimens lack raised spiral ornamentation. This form occurs with typical C. nebrascensis and is easily distinguished from it, sug- gesting that C. ncbrascensis whitci may be a distinct species. Lioplacodes Umnaeformis (Meek and Hayden, 1856) Fig. 3 Bulimus Umnaeformis Meek and Hayden. 1856, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 8: 118. Specimens are fairly common at the exposure and generally well preserved. Most specimens have a slightly convex spire but occasionally sheUs (4 of 50 specimens) have relatively straight-sided spires. Three specimens have the following measurements; heiglit 17.0 mra, 15.5 mm., 12.2 mm.; width 7.9 mm., 7.5 mm., 5.5 mm.; aperture height 7.2 mm., 6.8 mm., 5.8 mm. Lioplacodes mariana Yen, 1946 Fig. 2 Yen, 1946, Anier. Jour. Sci.. 244: 44-45, pi. 1, figs. 5a- 5c. Five specimens are referred to this species which is distinguished from L. nebrascensis by having a slender spire, less intlated body whorl, more loosely coiled whorls, and a smaller aperture. The upper two-thirds of each whorl is sliglitly convex and the lower third is strongly convex where it meets the lower suture. Two specimens measure: height 27.5 mm. and 26.5 mm.; width 14.0 mm. and 12.7 mm.; aperture height 11.0 mm. and 1 0.0 mm. Lioplacodes nebrascensis producta ( Wliite, 1 883) Fig. 1 Campcloma producta White, 1883, U. S. Natl. Mus. Proc, 3: 97, pi. 3, figs. 7-9. Over 100 specimens were examined and they vary in spire heiglit, convexity of whorls, and degree of ornamentation. The original description of L. nc- brascensis (Meek and Hayden, 1856, p. 124) depicts the variability of this species, and Russell (1931) con- siders L. ncbrascensis producta and typical L. ne- brascensis end members in the range of variation in one species. The trinomial is used here as a form name. Many of the specimens are ornamented with fine spiral raised lines that are occasionally developed enough to make juvenile and intermediate whorls ap- pear liglitly carinate. Liglitly carinate shells resemble L. tenuicarinata (Meek and Hayden) but lack the strongly keeled and convex whorls of that species. About one-fifth of the material has the tall, slender spire and whorl morphology of L. mariana but retains the fuUer body whorl and larger aperture of L. nc- brascensis producta. Family Planorbidae Gyraulus cf. G. militaris (White, 1 880) Fig. 8 Planorbis militaris White. 1880, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 3: 159. Two specimens of small planorbids, both crushed along the axis of coiling, resemble G. militaris. The illustrated specimen shows the proportions of G. mili- taris and has the deep umbilicus of that species. Shell widths of the two specimens are 1.9 mm. and 1.8 mm. THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87 ( 1 ) Family Amnicolidae Hydrobia anthonyi (Meek and Hayden, 1 856 ) Fig. 14 Melania anthonyi Meek and Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 8: 124. On large specimens, penultimate and body whorls are somewhat more convex than the immature whorls. Intermediate sized shells tend to have sliglitly convex whorls and well impressed sutures. Smaller specimens generally have subrounded apertures, while apertures on larger individuals tend to be more elon- gate. Persistant and very fine spiral striae are present on adult whorls but are absent or extremely fine on juvenile whorls. Fifty-seven specimens were exam- ined. One large and one intermediate-sized specimen measure: heiglit 6.3 mm., 3.4 mm.; width 33 mm., 1.8 mm.; aperture heiglrt 2.8 mm., I.l mm. Hydrobia warrenana (Meek and Hayden, 1 857) Fig. 13 Melania warrenana Meek and Hayden. 1857, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelpliia 9: 137. Hydrobia warrenana is distinguished by its conical spire, 6 to 7 sliglitly convex whorls, and a body whorl that forms a rounded angle with the base. This angle tends to be sharply defined on immature shells but more rounded on large specimens. The aperture is subquadrate. Two large specimens measure; length 5.6 mm., 4.8 mm.; width 2.6 mm., 2.2 mm.; aperture heiglit 2.0 mm., 1.7 mm. Most of the 30 specimens have lengths of less than 3.0 mm. Family Physidae Pliysa sp. One fragmented and apparently immature speci- men of this genus was found. The apex and aperture periphery are missing and specimen length is 7.0 mm. LITERATURE CITED Bickel, D., and Hall, D. H. 1971. Paleocenc fresh- water Mollusca from southern Ward County, North Dakota (abstr.). North Dakota Acad. Sci Proc.pt. 1,25: 3. Delimata, J. J. 1969. Fort Union (Paleocenc) mol- lusks from southern Golden Valley and south- eastern Billings Counties, North Dakota. MS Thesis. Univ. North Dakota. 73 p.. 6 pis. (unpubl.. typewritten). Herrington, H. B. 1962. A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda). Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan Misc. Publ. 118, 74 p., 7 pis. Lemke. R. W. 1960. Geology of the Souris River area. North Dakota. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 325, 138 p. Meek. F. B. 1876. A report on the invertebrate Creta- ceous and Tertiary fossils of the Upper Missouri country. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr. (Hayden Survey) 9: 629 p., 45 pis. Meek, F. B. and Hayden, F. V. 1856. Descriptions of new species of Acephala and Gastropoda . . . Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 8: 11 1-125. Meek, F. B., and Hayden, F. V. 1857. Description of new species and genera of fossils, collected by Dr. F. V. Hayden in Nebraska Territory . . . Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 9: 117-148. Meek, F. B., and Hayden. F. V. 1861. Descriptions of new Lower Silurian (Primordial). Jurassic. Creta- ceous, and Tertiary fossils, collected in Nebraska . . . Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 13: 415-447. Royce, C. F., Jr. 1970. A sedinicntologic analysis of the Tongue River-Sentinel Butte intei-val (Paleo- cenc) of the Williston Basin, western North Dakota. Sedimentary Geol. 4: 19-80. Russell, L. S. 1931. Mollusca from the Upper Creta- ceous and Lower Tertiary of Alberta. Roy. Soc. Canada Trans. Ser. 3, 25 (sec. 4): 9-19, 2 pis. White, C. A. 1880. Descriptions of new invertebrate fossils from the Mesozoic and Cenozoic rocks of Arkansas. Wyoming, Colorado, and Utali. Proc. U. S.Natl. Mus. 3: 157-162. Wliite, C. A. 1883. New molluscan forms from the Laramie and Green River Groups, with discussion of some associated forms heretofore known. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 5: 94-99, pi. 3-4. Yen. T.-C. 1946. Paleocenc freshwater molhisks from Sheridan County. Wyoming. Amer. Jour. Sci. 244: 41-48. 1 pi. Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS 19 TO WHAT EXTENT DO SURF CLAMS MOVE? John W. Ropes and Arthur S. Merrill National Marine Fisheries Service Middle Atlantic Coastal Fisheries Center Oxford, Maryland 21654 ABSTRACT Locomotion by surf clams, Spisula solidissima, includes rapid burrowing, crawling, and leaping from the bottom. Observations of these activities led to the suspicion that some movement over the sea floor may occur. We found that the usual response of surf clams removed from a burrow is rapid re-entry into the substrate. Occasional leaping, when seen, was usually by recently disturbed, small and very young specimens. They propelled themselves very short distances and immediately burrowed upon landing. Unusual circum- stances seemed necessary to elicit the leaping response and it was considered a relatively ineffective means of locomotion Surf clams {Spisula solidissima (Dillwyn)), like many other bivalves, are considered to be benthic, in- faunal, and sedentary. They are normally found buried and expose only their siphon tips at the sea bottom. In an account of a trip in the deep sub- mersible Alvin. Edwards and Emery (1968) made a brief statement about seeing a 6-inch surf clam "leap- ing" across the bottom. Leaping, a behavior that seems to contradict the usual sluggish reactions of surf clams, may be a hitherto unsuspected means of escaping hazards which threaten survival. It may also be an exceptional behavior to which an observer miglit attach too great a significance. The purpose of this paper is to review the literature on the movement of surf clams and report on our observations of its activities. Three general locomotor activities have been re- ported for surf clams: gliding, crawling, and burrow- ing (Belding, 1910; Ropes and Merrill, 1966; Ropes, 1967). Gliding, the result of a clam forcefully pushing itself off of a substrate by a sudden straiglitening of the bent, extended foot, is termed "leaping" by Ansell (1969). The clam glides with the posterior part of its shell directed like a keel (Fig. 1). Muscular acti- vities of the foot or adductor muscles that miglit be used for swimming movements have not been seen during the gliding act. After a leap, a surf clam glides for only a few seconds and then falls to the bottom because of negative buoyancy. Our observations of gliding surf clams were inci- dental to other experiments. The action was very in- frequent. For example, more than 30,000 small clams, hand dug between 1964 and 1967 from the beach at Wallops Island, Virginia, immediately rebur- rowed if left on the sand surface. This action hap- pened whether the clams were in or out of the water. Only two small ones, 25 to 30 mm. in length, were seen gliding in the water. Upon landing on the sand surface, they began to reborrow. Stimuli for the gliding or leaping response in Mac- tra corallina, a close relative of S. solidissima in the family Mactridae, have been reported by Ansell (1969) to be: (1) close proximity or contact with a predator, (2) failure of the foot to penetrate the sub- stratum, and (3) exposure to air. He considered the latter two stimuli to be of minimal ecological signi- ficance and explained that, to increase the chance of contact and obtain a reaction from predators, the clams were confined in small aquaria. No mention FIG. 1. A small (about 25 mm. long) surf clam leap- ing. 20 THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) was made of the possibility of a clam closing its shells or burrowing deeper in the substratum to avoid predator contact. This latter activity was described by Pratt and Campbell ( 1956) as a behavior of northern quahogs IMercenaria mcrccnaria) confined in boxes with predaceous starfish. Surf clams have adaptations for living in a burrow and divers have always found them there. Burial may be well below the sand surface, because the siphons can be extended nearly equal to the length of the shell. Numerous papillae fringing the siphonal open- ings (Morse. 1919) may be adaptations to prevent sand from being drawn into the body cavity by the respiratory and food-gathering water currents. The clean shells of most clams taken by dredges or thrown onto beaches by storms indicate that they had been covered completely. A report by Ropes and Merrill (1966) on SCUBA observation of a bed of surf clams near Cape Cod. Massachusetts, stated that the clams were completely buried in the bottom. Visible siphon holes were the only evidence that surf clams were present in the bottom. Another SCUBA diver (Bul- loch. 1965) described a surf clam bed about 4 miles offshore from Point Pleasant, New Jersey. He saw surf clams with the posterior portion of their shells protruding from the sandy bottom. All seemed to be oriented in the direction of a strong current flow which had apparently removed sand from around the shells. In spite of this, no clams were seen on the surface or moving about on the surface. On rare occa- sions, we have seen quantities of commercially cauglit clams with algae growing on a portion of the shell nearest the siphon. The localized growth of algae im- plies that these clams have been embedded for some time in the bottom with the posterior end slightly above the surface. It is important to note that none of the divers reported surf clams out of the bottom. The diver who reported on the surf clams near Cape Cod dislodged some and they promptly reburied themselves (Ropes and Merrill, 1966). A clam of com- mercial si/e ( 1 25 mm. long) took about 2 minutes to burrow into the bottom. Subsequent to these obser- vations, the diver has collected surf clams for us at monthly intervals during 2 years. Althougli we have asked him to observe and photograph movements, he has been unable to obtain any evidence of crawling, gliding, or leaping. The movement of surf clams out of their burrows has not been clearly demonstrated as a usual loco- motor activity. Surf clams have been observed to ele- FIG. 2. Surf clams raised our uj the cxpascJ inur- tidal substratum at Wallops Island. Virginia. vate themselves out of the bottom substratum on ex- posed beaches during periods of low tide (Ropes. 1967) (Fig. 2). Exposure of the drained bar to solar heat may have initiated the clam movement out of the bottom. Apparently the effort to dig deeper in the more compact, drier substrate moved the clam upward. However, our attempts to cause surf clams to exhume in laboratory experiments, by draining water from the bottom of the aquarium and exposing the surface of the sand to radiated heat, were unsuccess- ful. Storms appear to be very effective in moving surf clams from an area; large numbers of surf clams are found washed upon the beach after severe winter storms (Yancey and Welch, 1968). Bottom currents, produced during storms, dislodge clams from the bot- tom and many are unable to burrow quickly enough to avoid being thrown further up on the beach. That many do reburrow is evident, since the surf zone at low tide is one of the best areas to collect small surf clams. Armstrong (1965) studied the burrowing limita- tions of 10 species of clams. He found that the clams showed no movement other than rotational or bur- rowing, and that none were able to exhume or elevate in their burrows under their own power. Clams planted 4 to 7 inches below the tips of their extended siphons died. Our experiments with the juvenile and adult surf clams produced similar results. We have conducted several other experiments to determine burrowing movements of surf clams. Bur- rowing ability was considered essential to survival of clams marked and replanted for growth studies Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS 21 (Rt)pes and Mcnill. 1^70). Clams. 50 to 75 mm. long. placed in an aquarium, dug into the bottom soon after initiating burrowing. Descriptions and photo- graphs of this action were reported by Ropes and Merrill (1966). However, small clams averaging 25 mra also showed some gliding movements, suggesting that small surf clams may be more active than larger ones. Gliding by these small clams was apparently caused by the disturbance of other clams burrowing nearby. The clams burrowed upon landing on the sand surface. Burrowing was the only consistent re- sponse obser\'ed. Clams we marked and planted off Wildwood, New Jersey, were recovered in the same area one year later. Several hundred clams were recovered up to two years after being marked and planted in shallow water near Chincoteague Inlet, Virginia (Ropes and Merrill, 1970). Recovery of clams was always within the release area, indicating a lack of movement. Heavy, hydraulic jet dredges used by commercial fish- ermen are not sufficiently disturbing to cause clams actively to "flee" an area, because the fishermen re- peatedly dredge througli a dense patch or "hot spot" for periods of several days or sometimes months and still take clams in commercial numbers. The staff of the BCF Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, Gloucester, Massachusetts, have obsei-ved surf clam beds and the action of a commercial-type hy- draulic jet dredge ' by underwater television and cinematography. At no time were surf clams seen on the surface of the sand bottom, nor were any seen gliding through the water in escape movements' . The many field and laboratory observations demonstrate that surf clams rarely move other than to reburrow when disturbed or removed from their burrows. ' Personal communication by Phillip S. Parker, Fishery Biologist, formerly with the BCF Explora- tory Fishing and Gear Research Base, Gloucester, Massachusetts. We wish to stress that, from our observations, the movement of surf clams can be considered to be in- frequent and exceptional. All of the movements we have observed have occurred after the clams were dis- turbed by removal from the substratum, and the clams invariably reburrowed. Voluntary movements of surf clams out of the bottom have never been re- ported nor have we been able to induce this activity in laboratory experiments. The abihty of most pele- cypod mollusks to move througli the water is so rare that notes are published reporting such unusual phenomena (Baker and Merrill, 1965). Surf clams, especially the larger adults of commercial size, are, for all intents and purposes, sedentary bottom dwel- lers. The above observations were used to prepare a justification for adding the surf clam to the List of Creatures of the Continental Shelf An amended regulation to the law included surf clams and was published in the Federal Register on June 23, 1971. LITERATURE CITED Ansell. Alan D. 1969. Leaping movements in the Bivalvia. Proc. Malacol. Soc. Lond. 38: 387-399. Armstrong. Lee R. 1965. Burrowing limitations in Pelecypoda. The Veliger 7 (3): 195-200. Baker, Emmett B. and Arthur S. Merrill. 1965. An observation of Laevicardium mortoni actually swimming. The NautUus 78 (3): 104. Belding, David L. 1910. The growth and habits of the sea clam (Mactra solidissima). Rep. Comm. Fish. Game Mass. 1909, Publ. Doc. 25: 26-41. Bulloch, David K. 1965. Field observations - 1964. Underwater Natur. 3 (1): 27-28. Edwards. R. L. and K. 0. Emery. 1968. The view from a storied sub - the Alvin off Norfolk, Va. Commer. Fish. Rev. 30 (8-9): 48-55. Morse, Edward S. 1919. Observations on living lamellibranchs of New England. Proc. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. 35: 139-196. Pratt, David M. and Donald A. Campbell. 1956. Environmental factors affecting growth in Venus mercenaria. Limnol. Oceanogr. 1: 2-17. Ropes, John W. 1967. The locomotion and behavior of surf clams, Spisula solidissima. Proc. Nat. Shell- fish. Ass. 57: 4. (Abstract). Ropes, John W. and Arthur S. Merrill. 1966. The bur- rowing activities of the surf clam. Underwater Natur. 3(4): 11-17. Ropes. John W. and Arthur S. Merrill. 1970. Marking surf dams. Proc. Nat. Shellfish. Ass. 60: 99-106. Yancey, Robert M. and Walter R. Welch. 1968. The Atlantic coast surf clam - with a partial biblio- graphy. U. S. Fish WUdl. Serv. Circ. 288, 14 pp. THE NAUTILUS Januarv I 973 Vol. 87(1) LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN (1898 1972). AN OBITUARY AM) FINAL HII5LI0GR APHY William K. Emerson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History Central Park West at 79th. N. Y.. N. Y. 10024 Dr. Leo George Hertlein. Curator Emeritus of Invertebrate Paleontology, California Aeadeiny of Seiences. San Francisco, died on January 15, 1972 after a brief illness. His deatli came as a shock to his many friends, for he appeared to be enjoying robust health and looked much younger than his years. He was actively working on several research projects at the Academy until the time of his illness. He liad noted on his 1971 Christmas card that he was enjoy- ing his retirement and was now able to devote most of his time tt) the completion of a long-term study on the geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California. The third part of this treatise, a monograph on the pelecypods of the San Diego formation, was in press at the time of his death and has now been published (see review. The Nautilus. 86 (2-4), This major contribution, together with more than 150 scientific publications, testifies to his ability and devotion as a scientist who held the universal esteem of his colleagues. On the occasion of his retirement, the October, 1970. number of The Nautilus was subtitled the "Leo George Hertlein Honor Issue" by his friends who con- tributed a biographic profile, a list of taxa proposed in his honor, a bibliography of his works, a list of names proposed b\ him. and original papers on MoIIusca dedicated to him. A gentleman and a scholar. Leo was a quiet, friendly man who was always willing to assist others, be they amateurs, students, or professional col- leagues. He will be remembered by his many friends as a kind man who combined characters of high moral and ethical strength with a gentleness and warmth of aftection thai wa^ uiuque. Leo Hertlein was trul> a Prince of a Man, I have appended l)i. ilerlleni's bibliography and a list ol new laxa pro|iosed by him, fi)r the period of 1970 to 1972. Bibliography of Leo G. Hertlein for the period of 1970-1972 Papers preceded b\ an asterisk (*) contain new taxa. 1970a, *A new species of fossil Kclktia (Mollusca: Gastropoda) Irom the Loniita Marl, late Cenozoic of San Pedro, California, Contributions in Science. Los Angeles Co. Mus.. no. 190, p. 1-8, fig, 1-3, 1970b. Review of Carrington, A, J. and B. F. Kensley. 1969. Pleistocene Mollusks from the Namaqualand Coast. Veliger, 12: 381. 1970c. Review of Figueiras. Alfredo and Omar E. Sicardi, 1968, Catalogo de los Moluscos Marinhos del Uruguay. Veliger, 12: 381-382. 1970d. Review of Work, Robert C, 1969. System- atics. Ecology, and Distribution of the Mollusks of Los Roques, Venezuela. Veliger, 12: 382. 1970e. Review of Barnard. K. H.. 1969. Contri- butions to the knowledge of South African Mol- lusca. Part IV: Veliger, 12: 382. 1970f, Review of Ludbrook, Nellie H., 1969, The genus Miltha in the Australian Cainozoic: Veliger, 13: 114. 1970g. Review of Kensley, Brian and Mary-Louise Penrith. 1970, New records of Mytilidae from the northern South West African coast: Veliger, 13: 205. 1970h, (v\'ith Victor A. Zullo) Catalogue of specimens in the type collection of the Department of Geo- logy, California Academy of Sciences. Cephalo- pi)da: Occ. Papers Calil'ornia Acad, Sci.. no. 82, 130 pp. 1 97 la. Review of Kosuge. Sadao. 19(i9, Fossil Mol- lusks of Oaliu. Hawaiian Islands: Veliger. 13: 301. 1971b. Review of Fischer-Piette. L,, M. Kempf, and A. M. Testud, 1969, Nouvelles donnees sur les Veneridae (mollusques, lamellibranches) du Bresil: Veliger, 13: 302, 1971c. Review of Darragh. Thomas A., l970,Cata- logue of Australian Tertiary Mollusca (except chitons): Veliger, 13: 302. 197 Id. The researcher and the library: Spec. Libr. Assoc, San Francisco Bay Reg, Chap, Bull.. 41 (4): 7-8, |97 1e. Review of Osorio, Cecelia and Nibaldo Bahamonde, 1970. Lista preliminar de lameli- branquios ile Chile; Veliger, 13: 373. 1 97 If. Review of Ageitos de Castellanos, Zulma J., 1970, Catalogo de los moluscos marinos Bonaerenses: Veliger, 13: 374. Vol. 87 ( 1 ) THE NAUTILUS 23 1972a. *Description of a New Species oi Chlamys (Mollusca: Pelecypoda) From the Galapagos Is- lands; Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 39 (1): 1-6, 5 figs. 1972b. (with Victor A. ZuUo): Catalog of Specimens in the Type Collection of the Department of Geo- logy, California Academy of Sciences. Echino- dermata: Occ. Papers California Acad. Sci., no. 91, 26 pp. 1972c. *Pliocene fossils from Baltra (South Seymour Island), Galapagos Islands: Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 39 (3): 25-46, 39 figs. 1972d. *(and Grant, U. S., IV). The geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California, Pt. 2b, Paleontology (Pelecypoda): San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., 2: 135-411, text figs. 7-13, pis. 25-57. Names Proposed by Leo G. Hertlein From 1970 To 1972 The format follows that used in the previous list- ing for the period of 1925 to 1970 (Nautilus 84 (2): pp. 52-69). All the new taxa in the present list are mollusks and are referable to the class Bivalvia (Pelecypoda), except Kelletia kanakoffi, which is a gastropod. abbotti Hertlein & Grant, Chlamys abieds 1972d: p. 196, pi. 34, fig. 5;pl. 36, figs. 1,6. allisoni Hertlein & Grant, Chione (Chione) 1972d: p. 273, pL 51, figs. 11-16. ashleyi Hertlein & Grant, Semele 1972d: p. 299, pi. 48, figs. 3, 4, 6, 9, 10. axinola Hertlein & Grant, 1972d: p. 159. Type spe- cies by original designation: Axinaea (? septentri- onalis, war.) siibobsoleta Carpenter, 1864. balboana Hertlein & Grant, Nucula (Ennucula) 1972d: p. 145, pi. 27, figs. 1-4. baltrana Hertlein, Diplodonta subquadrata 1972c: p. 33, figs. 8, 11. diegoana Hertlein & Grant, Aligena 1972d: p. 235, pi. 44. figs. l,6;pL45, figs. 6, 7, 10, 11, 13. diegoana Hertlein & Grant, Dosina (Dosina) pon- derosa 1972d: p. 265, pi. 47, figs. 2, 3, 6, 8, 10; pi. 49, fig. 8, pL 51, fig. 14. ellisi Hertlein & Grant, Chlamys (Chlamys) hastata 1972d: p. 190, pi. 31, figs. 2, 3; pi. 34, fig. 6. frankiana Hertlein & Grant, Borina (Temblorinaj 1972d: p. 238, text fig. 11. incantata Hertlein, Chlamys (Chlamys) 1972a: p. 2, figs. 1-5. imsella Hertlein & Grant 1972d: p. 279. Type species by original designation: Venus lamellifera Conrad, 1837. kanakoffi Hertlein & Grant, Chione (Securella) 1972d: p. 274, pL 49, figs. 1, 3, 4-6; pL 51. figs. 4-7, 10. kanakoffi Hertlein, Kelletia 1970a: p. 1, figs. 1-3. kanakoffi Hertlein & Grant, Thracia 1972d: p. 338, pi. 42, figs. 11, 13-15. orcutti Hertlein & Grant, Lima (Limaria) 1972d: p. 215, pi. 35, fig. 11; pL 36, figs. 2-5; pi. 57, fig. 10. stephensae Hertlein & Grant, Psephidia 1972d: p. 280, pL44, figs. 21,22, 24, 26. stembergi Hertlein & Grant, Mytilus (Crenomytilus) coalingensis 1972d: p. 163, pL 41, figs. 10, 14. BOOK REVIEW ART FROM SHELLS. By Stuart and Leni Goodman. 210 pp., 393 photographs, 21 in color. Crown Publ. Inc., 419 Park Ave. South, N. Y., N. Y. 10016. Paperback, S3.95; cloth, hardback, $7.95. This is probably the most extensive and most prac- tical book on the subject of using shells in jewelry, shell pictures, collages, figurines, and shell sculptures. It is profusely illustrated with simple pictorial steps on how to clean, mount and use shells in various art forms. There are short sections on collecting and cleaning shells, as well as a current list of supphers. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History 24 THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) THE PROBLEM OF THE LAND SNAIL GENUS RABDOTUS IN TEXAS ARCHEOLOGICAL SITES John W. Clark, Jr. Balcones Research Center Rt. 4, Box 189, Austin, Texas 78756 Vast numbers of land snaUs, principally Rabdotus dealbatus (Say) in central Texas and R. schiedeanus (Pfr.) in south and southwest Texas (Pratt 1969: 47-48), are found in prehistoric archeological sites. These snails often occur in lenses of thousands of adult shells associated with cultural debris in burned rock middens in central Texas and in rockshelters in southwest Texas. The area in central Texas in which this pheno- menon occurs lies within the Edwards Plateau region, especially to the east and south edges of the Balcones Escarpment where limestone forms the bedrock and numerous streams dissect the plateau. This area falls within the Balconian Biotic Province described by Blair (1950; 12-13). In southwest Texas, the area of snail-archeological association is quite restricted. It is centered on the Rio Grande River in the vicinity of the mouths of the Pecos and Devil's Rivers. This area falls on the bound- aries of Blair's Chihuahuan and Balconian Biotic Pro- vinces (Blair 1950: 105-108). It is characterized by a limestone plateau dissected by deep canyons. Both areas are within the Great Plains Province which is characterized by decreasing annual rainfall from east to west (Carr 1967: 3-4) so that the central Texas area receives between 22 and 30 inches of rain per year while the southwest area receives between 13 and 16 inches per year. Rabdotus shells are also found in some archeological sites in south Texas as- sociated with Blair's (1950: 102-105) Tamaulipan Biotic Province. The vast numbers of these snails in central Texas burned rock middens was noted as early as 1932 (Pearce) and 1933 in southwest Texas (Martin). Numerous hypotheses have been formulated since then attempting to explain this phenomenon. The four principal hypotheses are: (1) These snails were intentionally collected as a source of protein in the diet (Martin 1933 and Suhm 1957), (2) They represent a natural population of snails attracted by decomposing midden refuse, (3) They were carried to the sites inadvertently on vegetation collected by the Indians, and (4) They were collected for their shells which were used as adornment (Martin 1933). Rabdotus shells appear to have accumulated or been collected in the two regions over quite a long period of time, from about 8,000 B.C. at Arenosa Shelter at the mouth of the Pecos River to about 1.000 B.C. in central Texas. Unfortunately, much of the speculation has been based on little empirical evidence. There is no good ethnographic account of Indians in either region eat- ing snails and the evidence for the use of shells for decoration is scant. No empirical evidence for the remaining hypotheses has been obtained through archeological techniques. One of the principal prob- lems concerning the presence of Rabdotus is whether they were principally collected as a food source. Providing they are preserved, the presence of radulae of these snails in coprolites (dessicated human feces) could be a major factor in assigning hypothesis number one as the principal cause of the snaO lenses in the sites. Coprolites are present in a collection from a rockshelter in southwest Texas. Analysis of coprolites from occupation lenses in which numerous snail shells were found should provide some im- portant data on the snail collection at this site and, by extension, at other sites. Tliis short paper is principally a plea for informa- tion concerning the validity of the hypotheses pre- sented herein and an appeal for co-operation of malacologists in the analysis of coproUte samples for snail radulae. LITERATURE CITED Blair, Frank W. 1950. The Biotic Provinces of Texas. The Texas Journal of Science. 2(1). Carr, John T., Jr. 1967. The Climate and Physio- graphy of Texas. Texas Water Development Board, Report, 53. Martin, George C. 1933. Archaeological Exploration of the ShuirJa Caves. Tlie Witte Memorial Muse- um, Bulletin 3. Pearce, J. E. 1932. The Present Status of Texas Archeology. Bulletin of the Texas Archeological and Paleontological Society 4. Pratt, William D. 1969. Jiabdotus in Texas, Prelimi- nary Revision of the Land Snail Genus. The American Malacological Union, Inc., Annual Reports for 1969: 47-48. Suhm, Dee Ann. 1957. Excavations at the Smith Rockshelter, Travis County, Texas. The Texas Journal of Science, 9(1). Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS 25 NOTES ON VERONICELLIDAE AND ATHORACOPHORIDAE IN FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, CHICAGO. Lothar Forcart Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel Switzerland Dr. A. Solem entrusted me with the identification of slugs in the collections of Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago. These materials expand our know- ledge on the distribution and taxonomy of several veronicellid and athoracophorid species. The follow- ing abbreviations indicate the repository of cited materials: FMNH - Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago. MG - Zoologisches Institut und Museum, Gottingen. NMB - Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel. ZMB - Zoologisches Museum, Berlin. VERONICELLIDAE Laevicaulis alte (Ferussac, 1821) Material examined: New Caledonia, E. coast 5 km. N. of Theim (2 spec, FMNH 144278, coU. Jan. 1962 by A. & B. Solem); W. coast 8 km. W. Bourail (6 spec, FMNH 159224, 159237, coU. Oct. 1967 by L. Price). Remarks: Grimpe & Hoffman (1925, p. 366) pre- viously recorded L. alte from New Caledonia. A sum- mary of its complex synonymy is given in Forcart (1969, pp. 148-149). Veronicella (Tenacipesj tenax Baker, 1931 Veronicella (Tenacipesj tenax Baker, 1931, Nautilus, 44(3): 131, pL 8, figs. 3-5. (Ensenada de San Vicente, Pinar del Rio, Cuba). Material examined: West Indies: Puerto Rico, foot of stone cliff (2 spec, FMNH 157272, coU. Feb. 1968 by M. Moran). Dominica (5 spec, FMNH 157135, coll. Feb. 1968). Remarks: All specimens are juvenile, the largest being only 46.5 mm. long, as compared to the 96-105 mm. holotype and paratypes described by Baker. They agree with the original description in the notum having small papillae, in the sole being considerably shorter than the notum and completely surrounded by the hyponota, the posterior end being rounded and crossed by numerous fine, transverse grooves. The anus is as in the subgenus Leidyula, only partly covered by the foot. The vagina is without accessory bursa. The penis and the stimulatory organ (dart-gland in Baker 1931) are as figured by Baker (1931, pi. 8, figs. 4, 5) for the holotype. All these specimens differ from the types in lack- ing whitish spots on the notum. The three specimens from Dominica have dark lateral bands on the notum. ?Vaginulus (Latipesj occidentalis (GuUding, 1825) Onchidium occidentale Guilding, 1825, Trans. Linn. Soc, London, 14: 323, pi. 9, figs. 9-10. (St. Vincent, Windward Islands). Vaginulus (Latipesj occidentalis (Guilding), Baker 1925, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. PhUadelpliia, 77: 174-177, pi. 5, figs. 18-20.' Material examined: Almirante, Bocas del Toro, Panama. (5 spec, FMNH 86536, coU. Mar. 1959 by H. S. Dybas). Remarks: The examined specimens agree with those Baker (1925) described from Panama. No type-specimens of V. occidentalis exist, and 1 have not been able to examine specimens from St. Vincent. Onchidium occidentale is a nomen dubium and it is doubtful whether the specimens from Panama are the same species. Proposal of a new name for the Panama specimens should wait until the iden- tity of the St. Vincent specimens has been deter- mined. Vaginulus (Angustipesj buergeri (Simroth, 1914) Vaginula burgeri Simroth, 1914, Mem. neu- chateloise Sci. nat., 5: 328, pi. 14, figs. 124-126. - Santo Domingo. Lectotype and 2 lectoparatypes MG (see Thome, 1970: 73-76, figs. 1-7). Cylindrocaulis occidentalis Hoffmann 1925, Jena. Z. Naturw., 61 ('/-): 144-147 pardm, pi. 5, fig. 45, 2, d, F. Material examined: Salilia, Dominica. (3 spec, FMNH 157147). Remarks: The detailed redescription of V. buergeri by Thome (1970, pp. 73-76, figs. 1-7) makes it evi- dent that Baker (1925, 180-182, pi. 6, figs. 28-30) described another species under this name. The bursa of the receptaculum seminis is elongate, sessile (Thome, 1970, p. 88, fig. 5), and has no dif- ferenfiated stalk as described by Baker (1925, p. 181, pi. 6, fig. 28). The stimulatory organ has only 9 tubules, of wluch some are bifurcated (Thome, 1970, p. 175), and not 26, as menfioned by Baker (1925, p. 26 THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) 181). The verge is short, lanceolate, as figured by Hoffman (1925, pi. 5, fig. 45, d, 2, F) and Thome (1970, p. 87, fig. 7), and has no spiral ridges, as des- cribed by Baker (1925, p. 1 81, pi. 6, figs. 29, 30). Vaginulus (Sarasinulaj plebeius Fischer, 1 868 Material examined: Saint Martin, Leeward islands (1 spec, FMNH 173062, coll. Oct. 1947 by Oden Meeker); Saba Island (1 spec, FMNH 157155, coll. Jan. 1968). New Caledonia, 19 km north of Boulouparis (2 spec, FMNH 159240, coll. Oct. 1967 by L. Price) and 8 km west of Bourail, on pierced rock (3 spec, FMNH 159224, coll. Oct. 1967 by L. Price). Marianas, Saipan (1 spec, FMNH 173065, coll. Feb. 1945); Guam, Ritidian Point (1 spec, FMNH 173063, coU Aug. 1945 by H. S. Dybas). Philippine Islands, Leyte, San Jose (1 spec, FMNH 173064, coll. Dec. 1944 by E. Ray). Moluccas, Ambon, Wasi (25 spec, FMNH 172984, 172986, 172991, 172992, 172993, coll. 1964, Sept. 1965 by A. M. Wegner). Remarks: Except for New Caledonia, V. plebeius was not reported previously from these islands. It is probably of West Indian origin, and has been acci- dently introduced to Pacific and Mascarene Islands (Baker, 1931, p. 135). A full synonymy is given by Forcart(1969: 150). Sempenda sclmeideri (Simroth, 1895) Vagimda sclmeideri Simroth, 1895, SB. Naturf. Ges. Leipzig, 19/21: 7. - Tandjong, Kuba, East Sumatra. Material examined: Tebing Tingii, Pedis, Malaya ( 1 juv. spec, FMNH 156725, colL Feb. 1966 by A. Berry) under moist leaves at foot of hill. Sempenda celebensis Hoffmann, 1941 Vaginula melotomus, Bollinger 1918, Rev. Suisse Zool., 26 (9): 319, not Vagimda melotomus?. Sarasin & F. Sarasin, 1899. Semperula idae, Grimpe & Hoffmann 1925, Z. wiss. Zool., 124 (1): 33-36 partim, fig. 14 (p. 14); Hoffman 1925 Jena Z.Naturw., 61 ('/.): 186-189, 255-256 partim, pL 6, fig. 45, k, 2. Not Vaginula idae Semper, 1 885. Vaginula (Semperula) idae, Forcart 1935, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 46, p. 54, not Vaginula idae Semper, 1885. Semperula wallacei var. celebensis Hoffmann, 1941, Zool. Anz., 136(11/12); 234. New name for Vaginula melotomus Bollinger, 1918, not P. Sarasin & F. Sarasin. 1899. Type locality (re- stricted): South Celebes, Lamontjong. Lecto- type NMB 2419-b, coll. P. & F. Sarasin 1902/03. 5 lectoparatypes, NMB 2419-a from Central Celebes, Gimpu, coll. P. & F. Sarasin 1902/03. Material examined: Western Samoa, Upolu, Solaua-Sauniato road junction, coconut-cocoa planta- tion (1 spec, FMNH 152677, coll. Nov. 1965, by A. Solem & L. Price). Moluccas, Ambon, Wasi (5 spec, FMNH 172987, 172988, 172991. coll. 1964 by A.M. Wegner). On the Veronicellidae from Ambon Van Benthcm Jutting (1953. p. 300) listed from the Moluccan Island of Ambon Laevicaulis alte (Ferussac), Filicaulis bleekeri (Keferstein), and Sempenda maculata (Templeton). These citations are erroneous. Martens (1867. p. 176) described the first Veronicellid known from Ambon as Vaginulus has- selti. mentioning it (p. 68) from Bangkok, Thailand, and (pp. 176-177) from Sumatra, Borneo, Ambon, and Banda. Hoffmann (1925: 136-137), revising syntypes of V. liasselti (ZMB). found those from Bangkok and Sumatra identical with Filicaulis bleekeri (Keferstein. 1865), but those from Ambon and Banda with Sempenda maculata (Templeton, 1858). Vagimda bocagei Simroth. 1893 was described as from Ternate, Ambon, and from Banda. Grimpe & Hoffmann (1925: 29-30), revising 14 specimens in the ZMB labeled V. bocagei. probably the syntypes of V. bocagei, stated that 9 specimens from Ambon are identical with Sempenda maculata, and 5 specimens from Banda with Laevicaulis alte (Fer.). Laevicaulis alte is consequently not known from Ambon, and the citafions of Ambon as locality of I. alte in Grimpe & Hoffmann (1925, p. 28) and Hoffmann (1925: 227) are erroneous. Tlie revisions of the specimens from Ambon pub- lished as Vaginulus liasselti and Vaginula bocagei re- sulted that these determinations arc misinterpreta- fions for Sempenda maculata, hitherto the sole spe- cies known from Ambon. Semperula celebensis Hoffmann and Vaginulus (Sarasinulaj plebeius Fischer are added to the fauna of Ambon by the new material. Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS 27 ATHORACOPHORIDAE Aneita (Aiicita) simrothi Grimpe & Hoffmann, 1925 Aiicira simrothi Grimpe & Hoffmann, 1925, in Sarasin & Roux, Nova Caledonia, 3 (3): 421, figs. 15e, 16g, 17d, 18e, 20, pi. 5, figs. 5 a, b, 14 a. b. Type locality: New Caledonia, Mt. Ignambi near Oubatche, 700-1300 m alt. Syntypes NMB 3448 a, b, coll. April & May, 1911 by F. Sarasin & J. Roux. Material examined: 6.4 km East of Ouegou, North- east New Caledonia, at ± 130 m alt. (6 spec, FMNH 159245, coll. Oct. 1967 by L. Price). The biggest specimen has a length of only 53.8 mm. as compared with the 85 mm. length of the largest syntype. LITERATURE CITED Baker, H. Burrington. 1925. North American Veroni- ceilidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 77: 157-184, pis. 3-6. Baker, H. Burrington. 1931. Notes on West Indian Veronicellidae. Nautilus: 44(4): 131-137, pl. 8. Benthem Jutting, W. S. S. van. 1953. Annotedlist of the non-marine Mollusca of the Moluccan Islands Ambon, Haruku, Saparua and Nusu Laut. Treubia, 22(2): 275-318. Bollinger, G. 1918. Land-Mollusken von Celebes. Rev. Suisse ZooL, 26 (9): 309-340, pl. 1 1. Forcart, L. 1935. Revision der Vaginuliden aus Celebes in der Sammlung des Easier Natur- historischen Museums. Verb. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 46: 50-55. Forcart, L. 1969. Veronicellid land slugs from the New Hebrides, with description of Semperula solemi new species. Fieldiana Zool., 51 (12): 147-156. Grimpe, G. & Hoffmann, H. 1925; Versuch einer Re- vision der indischen, indo- und polynesischen Vaginuliden. Z. wiss. ZooL, 124(1): 1-50. Grimpe, G. & Hoffmann, H. 1925a. Die Nackt- schnecken von Neu-Caledonien, den Loyalty-lnseln und den Neuen Hebriden. Sarasin, F. & Roux, J., Nova Caledonia, A. Zool., 3 (3): 339-476, pis. 5-6. Hoffmann, H. 1925. Die Vaginuliden. Jena. Z. Naturw., 61(1/2): 1-374, pis. 1-11. Hoffmann, H. 1941. Ueber einige Vaginuliden auf Grund bisher fur verschollen gehaltener Typstucke. Zool. Anz., 136(1/2): 229-242. Martens, Ed. 1867. Die Landschnecken. Die Preus- sische Expedition nach Ost-Asien, Zool., 2: 1-Xll, 1-447, pis. 1-22. Thome, J. W. 1970. Redescricao dos tipos de Veroni- cellidae neotropicais: III. Especies depostadas no "11. Zoologisches Institut und Museum der Univer- sitiit" de Gbttingen, Alemania. Iheringia Zool., 38: 73-88. OBITUARY Gilbert Ranson (1899-1972) Gilbert Ranson, distinguished French zoologist and oyster expert died in Paris August 19, 1972, at the age of 72. He received the equivalent of B. S. in natural sciences at the Sorbonne in 1923, and was a student of Louis Joubin. He received his Ph. D. in 1927. his thesis being on the physiology of aquatic animals. He published well over 200 articles on dia- toms, medusae and especially the taxonomy of oysters. In 1951, he authored the book, Les Huitres—biologie--culture. Dr. Ranson became sub-director of the Malacological Laboratory of the National Natural History Museum in Paris in 1938. He was born in France on September 4, 1899. St. Croix Shell Booklet A revised edition of "A Supplementary Listing of New Shells (Illustrated) to be added to the Check List of the Marine Shells of St. Croix" by G. W. Nowell-Usticke was published on Dec. 20, 1971. It is privately printed and distributed by the author, 1 North St., Christiansted, St. Croix, Virgin Islands 00820, and is available for $3.69 post fiee, or S4.00 by airmail. It has 32 pp., an index, 6 pis., many new species and subspecies, many of which are synonyms and/or homonyms. THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) SHORT PAPERS NEW NAME FOR A TEXAN HYDROBIA J. P. E. Morrison Division of Mollusks National Museum of Natural History Washington. D. C. 20560 CERION FROM AN ARCHEOLOGICAL SITE IN NORTHERN OHIO James L. Murphy Sears Library Case Western Reserve University Cleveland, Ohio 44106 A single fragmentary specimen of the terrestial gas- tropod Cerion incanum (Binney) has been found in collections from a Late Woodland or Late Prehistoric village site in Lorain County, Ohio. The Eiden Site hes on a bluff top in the vUlage of Sheffield, near the confluence of French Creek and the Black River, two mOes south of Lake Erie. The collections were made by A. A. Bungart over ten years ago and are now being analyzed for the Lorain County Park Board by Dr. D. H. McKenzie and Dr. J. E. Blank, Cleveland State University, Dr. 0. C. Shane, Kent State Univer- sity, and the author. McKenzie and Blank estimate that the major occu- pation of the site lasted for approximately 50 years, sometime between 1300 and 1450 A.D. Minor Early Woodland and Late Prehistoric components also occur at the site, however. Nonetheless, the over- whelming majority of the materials recovered from the site appear to represent a Late Woodland com- ponent, and it is very probable that the Cerion shell found in the general midden represents the Late Woodland component. Other shell artifacts associated with the Late Woodland component include marine shell disc beads, conch columella beads, and Marginella beads. The occurrence of such a variety of worked marine shell in a Late Woodland component is unusual and in it- self lends support to the contention that the Cerion shell belongs to the Late Woodland occupation of the Eiden Site and is a Late Woodland trade item from the Florida Keys. Dr. R. Tucker Abbott kindly identified tlie Eiden shell for me. The rather prominent vertical riblets of the two last whorls suggest the form saccharimeta, which Pilsbry (1946: 164) has found to intergrade with typical C. incanum The species named Odostomia barret ti Morrison (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 78: 220, fig. 4, 1965) is pre- occupied by Odostomia barreti L. Morlet (Journ. de Conchyl. 33: 314, 1885), as James X. Corgan of Austin Peay State University, Tennessee, has so kind- ly pointed out. On July 25, 1968, with the guidance and helpful assistance of Mrs. Hollis Q. Boone of Houston, Texas, a considerable number of these tiny snails were col- lected from a narrow stretch of intertidal sand on the west side of Galveston Bay. Examination of the strik- ingly pink, living animals proved them to belong to the genus Hydrobia, as reported {in litt.) by Dr. Robert Robertson of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. I wish to rename this brackish water species Hydrobia booneae in honor of Mrs. Boone, who first discovered them in numbers in Texas waters. At present Hydrobia booneae is known to be Uving in waters of reduced salinity between the northeast corner of Heron Bay, Mississippi (the southwest corner of that state) and the west side of Galveston Bay, Texas. • PHYSA ACUTA IN VIRGINIA Dorothy E. Beetle Peninsula Nature and Science Center Newport News, Virginia 23601 Physa acuta Draparnaud, an introduced European fresh water snail, has been found at several localities in coastal Virginia. It is well-established at two locali- ties in the City of Hampton: along the shores of Big Bethel Reservoir and in a small pond receiving water pumped out of Rice's Fossil Pit, a well-known marine Miocene deposit. In the City of Newport News, /%^sa acuta occurs in Lake Maury. It is in York County at Wormley Pond in the Colonial National Historical Park. Another locality is on the North Carolina bor- der of the City of Virginia Beach, Rt. 165, in a small pond behind the beach at Currituck Sound. Pond bottoms consist of sandy silt, and the snaUs were Ibund along the shore in dead leaves. Specimens were kindly identified by Dr. Wilham J. Clench. Vol. 87(1) THE NAUTILUS 29 SPREAD 0¥ MELANOIDES TUBERCULATA R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Greenville, Del. 19803 The freshwater Asian thiarid, Melanoides tuber- culata (Miiller) is now spreading rapidly southward from United States into Central America. Mrs. Dot Myhre, of Stuart, Florida, has sent us specimens col- lected in the vicinity of Vera Cruz, Mexico, where the shells are sold by the bagful for making novelties. Dr. Byron N. Chaniotis, of the Walter Reed Army Insti- tute of Research, Canal Zone, collected live speci- mens in Panama in 1971. The snaU, an intermediate host in China for the bile fluke, Clonorchis sinensis, arrived in Texas and Florida prior to 1963, and soon thereafter in Puerto Rico. A distributional map show- ing the range of the species from North Africa to the East Indies prior to 1927 was published by Pilsbry and Bequaert, 1927, BuU. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 53. p. 253. FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS FROM COASTAL VIRGINIA Dorothy E. Beetle Peninsula Nature and Science Center Newport News, Virginia 23601 The following moUusks were collected from small fresh water creeks and ponds in the independent Cities of Hampton, Newport News and Virginia Beach and York County: Anodonta cataracta Say, Pisidium casertanum Poll, Sphaerium occidentale Prime, S. partumeium Say, Campeloma decisa Say, Littorid- inops tenuipes Cooper, Amnicola limosa Say , Pomati- opsis lapidaria Say, Physa acuta Draparnaud, P. heterostropha Say, Fossaria humilis Say, F. obrussa exigua Lea, Pseudosuccinea columella Say, Helisotna anceps Menke, H. trivolvis Say, Planorbula armigera Say, P. wheatleyi Lea, Gyraulus parvus Say, Menetus brogniartianus Lea, M. dilatatus Gould, M. dilatatus buchanensis Lea, Laevepex fuscus C. B. Adams. Mate- rial is in the collection of the author. MONOGRAPH REVIEW THE GENUS SEMELE IN THE WESTERN ATLANTIC (Semelidae; Bivalvia) by Kenneth J. Boss. Johnsonia, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., Vol. 5, no. 49, pp. 1-32. May 25, 1972. The taxonomic treatment of the six known hying species of Western Atlantic Semelidae is sufficiently good to enable workers to identify their unknown material. The illustrations, descriptions, remarks and locality records are up to the usual standard of pre- vious Johnsonia numbers. Tliere are, however, a startling number of typo- grapliical errors, spelling mistakes, examples of incor- rect grammar, and mis-uses of words - at least 97 in only 32 pages. Part of this can be excused because of an improved format of the journal, and a change in printer. Readers should note, however, that the cor- rect spelling for the common semele is Semele bel- lastriata (Conrad), not bellestriata, and that the gender of Semele is feminine (lenticularis, not len- ticulare, and solida, not solidum). The geological terms, particularly those such as Group and Forma- tion, seem not to be employed correctly in several places. Some biological terms are mis-used, such as allometric, when allopatric was meant. Scientific names have been hyphenized, contrary to the "Rules", such as media-americana on page 11. How- ever, in the synonymy, they should have been re- tained, instead of eliminated, as on page 9. The author, and editor, of this monograph has the sym- pathy of fellow editors and malacologjsts, but we shall all look forward to a more painstaking effort in future numbers. As Dr. Boss recently stated himself in reviewing another bivalve paper (see Jour. Paleon- tology, Vol. 45, no. 3, p. 558), "In the final analysis, the editorial offices ... are responsible for publishing a manuscript which was never critically reviewed in a format which was never carefully proofed, and the short-comings are now the affliction of science ~ to the embarrassment of all." R. Tucker Abbott du Pont Chair of Malacology Delaware Museum of Natural History 30 THE NAUTILUS January 1973 Vol. 87(1) A. M. U. Meeting INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS The Thirty-Eighth Annual Meeting of The Amer- ican Malacologjcal Union will be held in Newark and Greenville, Delaware, from June 25 through 28, 1973. Lodging and the main meetings will be held on the campus of the University of Delaware. Early regis- tration will be possible on Sunday, June 24. One day of meetings will be held at the Delaware Museum of Natural History, near Greenville, about 6 miles from Newark. The current President is Dr. Dee Dundee, Dept. Biology, Louisiana State Univ., New Orleans, La. 70150. Further details will be published in the AMU Newsletter and the April issue of The Nautilus. Tlie extensive 279-page Author Index to The Nautilus, vols. 1-75, compiled and published by Aurele La Rocque in 1963 is still available (unbound) for the extremely low price of $2.00 postpaid. A con- tinuation, covering vols. 76-85, was recently pub- lished in no. 49 of Sterkiana, 1972. Reprints of tliis very useful addition are also avaUable for 25 cents. Wlien ordering both of these indispensable indices, we suggest an additional 50 cents be added to cover postage. Write: Dr. Aurele La Rocque, 125 South Oval Dr., Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio 43210. The first truly comprehensive and authoritative survey of shells MORE THAN 250 MAGNIFICENT ILLUSTRATIONS, 100 IN FULL COLOR In this one colorful volume the entire field of shells is covered. Expert guidance takes the reader from man's early use of shells to today's fascinating pursuit of oceanic treasures. Written by one of the world's leading authorities, it provides a wealth of information and lore about shells (their biology; their influence on art, medicine, religion, and archeology; their importance in commerce), a complete guide for the collector, and much more. The brilliant photographs, more than 100 of them in full color, make this important and useful book a delight to the eye as well as informative and engrossing reading 8%"x 11 'A" A Rutledge Book. KINGDOM OF THE SEASHELL by R TUCKER ABBOTT. du Pont Chair of Malacology. Delaware Museum of Natural History $14 95. now at your bool^store, or CROWN PUBLISHERS 419 Park Ave South. New York, NY. 10016 INFORMATION FOR SUBSCRIBERS The annual subscription rate for The Nautilus is $7.00 for individuals and $12.00 for institutions (do- mestic or foreign). Subscriptions may be commenced in January when a new volume begins. Send check or money order to "The Nautilus" to Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager, 1 1 Chelten Road, Haver- town, Pa. 19083. Back issues from volume 72 to date are obtainable from the Business Manager. Volumes 1 through 71 (if available) may be obtained in reprint or original form from Kraus Periodicals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017. Advertising rates may be obtained from the Business Manager or Editor. CONTRIBUTORS Manuscripts: Authors are requested to follow the recommendations of the Style Manual for Biological Journals, which may be purchased from the American Institute of Biological Sciences, 2000 "P" Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036. Manuscripts should be typewritten and doublespaced; original and one copy are required, to facilitate reviews. Tables, numbered in arable, should be on separate pages, with the title at the top. Legends to photographs should be typed on separate sheets. Explanatory terms and symbols within a drawing should be neatly printed, or they may be pencilled in on a translucent overlay, so that the printer may set them in 8 pt. type. There is a charge of 50 cents per word for this extra service. All authors or their institutions will be charged 50 cents per line of tabular material and taxonomic keys. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $32 per printed page. An abstract should accompany each paper. Reprints and covers are available at cost to authors. When proof is returned to authors, information about ordering reprints will be given. They are obtained from the Economy Printing Co., Inc., R. D. 3, Box 169, Easton, Maryland 21601. APRIL, 1973 THE NAUTILUS Vol. 87 No. 2 A quarterly devoted to malacology and the interests of conchologists V Founded 1889 by Henry A. Pilsbry. Continued by H. Burrington Baker. Editors: R. Tucker Abbott and Charles B. Wurtz EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. Department of Mollusks National Museum of Canada Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KIA-0M8 Dr. William J. Clench Curator Emeritus Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02138 Dr. William K. Emerson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 10024 Mr. Morris K. Jacobson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 1 0024 Dr. Aurele La Rocque Department of Geology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. James H. McLean Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, Cahfornia 90007 Dr. Arthur S. Merrill Biological Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service Oxford, Maryland 21654 Dr. Donald R. Moore Division of Marine Geology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 10 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 Dr. Joseph Rosewater Division of Mollusks U. S. National Museum Washington, D.C. 20560 Dr. G. Alan Solem Department of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois 60605 Dr. David H. Stansbery Museum of Zoology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. Ruth D. Turner Department of Mollusks Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02138 Dr. Gilbert L. Voss Division of Biology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 10 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 EDITORS Dr. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 Dr. Charles B. Wurtz 3220 Penn Street PhUadelphia, Pennsylvania 19129 Mrs. Horace B. Baker Business and Subscription Manager 1 1 Chelten Road Havertown, Pennsylvania 1 9083 OFFICE OF PUBLICATION Delaware Museum of Natural History Kennett Pike, Route 52 Box 3937, GreenviUe, Delaware 19807 Second Class Postage paid at Wilmington, Delaware Subscription Price: $7.00 (see inside baci< cover) THE NAUTILUS Volume 87, number 2 -- April 1973 CONTENTS Thomas R. Waller The Habits and Habitats of Some Bermudian Marine MoUusks 31 Richard Edward Young Evidence for Spawning by Gonatus sp. (Cephalopoda: Teuthoidea) in the High Arctic Ocean 53 S. L. H. Fuller and C. E. Powell, Jr. Range Extensions of Corbicula maiiilensis (Philippi) in the Atlantic Drainage of the United States . .59 Margaret C. Teskey Emarginula dentigera Heilprin, 1 889, a Littoral Mollusk 60 Book Reviews (of) S. Peter Dance, 52; A. Myra Keen, 58 News; AMU Meeting in June 1973 59, 60 The first truly comprehensive and authoritative survey of shells MORE THAN 250 MAGNIFICENT ILLUSTRATIONS, 100 IN FULL COLOR In this one colorful volume the entire field of shells is covered. Expert guidance takes the reader from man's early use of shells to today's fascinating pursuit of oceanic treasures Written by one of the world's leadmg authorities, it provides a wealth of information and lore about shells (their biology: their influence on art. medicine, religion, and archeology: their importance in commerce), a complete guide for the collector, and much more The brilliant photographs, more than 100 of them in full color, make this important and useful book a delight to the eye as well as informative and engrossing reading 8%" X 11 'A", A Rutledge Book, KINGDOM OF THE SEASHELL $14 95, now at your bookstore Of ogy, CROWN PUBLiSHERS al History 419 Park Ave Soutri, New York, N Y 10016 Ul . »»»»»»\»»»»»w%%»»»»»»»»*»*»*v»»»»»»»»»»w»»*v»\»»»w»»»»*»»*^ ii^ne ibneu Lamnet Successor to: Richard E. Petit and John Q. Burch OLIVE SHELLS OF THE WORLD SPECIMEN SHELLS NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS ROWLAND f ZEIGLER HUMBERT CPORRECA International Directory of Conchologists - $3.00 A current worldwide list of 2,000 people interested in mollusks and in exchanging shells. Gives addresses and interests. Available only from The Shell Cabinet. Olive Shells of the World by Zeigler and Porreca - $12.95 13 full-page color plates illustrating over 150 species and named varieties. The only current treatment of the popular family. Clothbound. Available from your book store or directly from us. Other Recently Published Shell Books Available Post Office Box 29, Falls Church. Virginia 22046 Sea Shells of Tropical West America Marine Mollusks from Baja California to Peru Second Edition. A. Myra Keen with the assistance of James H. McLean. This revised and expanded classic now treats all molluscan species recorded from the Panamic province and is illustrated with over 4,000 halftones and 85 color photographs. The geographic range has been extended to northwestern Peru. The coverage now extends to microscopic and deepwater species and to the shell-less mollusks. For most of the 3,325 species there are detailed descriptions, synonymies, range data, notes, and one or more illustrations. Included are anatomical drawings, identifying keys, introduction and systematics, rejected species, maps and place-name list, glossary, bibliography, and index. 1,120 pages. $29.50 Stanford University Press Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 31 THE HABITS AND HABITATS OF SOME BERMUDIAN MARINE MOLLUSKS' Thomas R. Waller Department of Paleobiology Smithsonian Institution Washington, D. C. 20560 ABSTRACT During a Jiving sun'ey of the living habits of scallops ( Pectinidae j in bermudian waters, 160 species of shelled mollusks were collected at 40 diving stations. The shallow-water bias in previous bermudian collecting is indicated by the fact that 17 of these species have not previously been reported from Bermuda and 15 of these new records are from depths greater than 30 m. Among the new records are five species of the bivalve family Pectinidae, including Argopecten noronliensis (E. A. Smith), previously known only from off Brazil but now known to be widely but sparsely distributed in the tropical western Atlantic from Brazil to Bermuda. Habitat preferences and living habits are described for several species, including a discussion of species in Harrington Sound relative to the ecological zones described by Neumann (1965). Twenty-one species inadequately figured in the literature are illustrated using optical photographs and scanning electron micrographs. INTRODUCTION Despite the fact that Bermuda has been a haven for malacologists since Angelo Heilprin and A. E. Verrill first visited the islands in the late 1800's, the habitats of Bermudian moUuscs are still poorly known. Many of the older collections, althougli rich in numbers of taxa, are poor in habitat data and commonly list only "Bermuda" as the sole record of occurrence for a species. The purpose of tliis paper is to provide data on the habits and habitats of species collected through diving and to illustrate certain poorly known or previously unillustrated species.^ During a period of two weeks in late May, 1971, marine moUuscan communities were surveyed by the author and two diving assistants using SCUBA equipment. Althougli the primary purpose of the survey was to gather data on the living habits and habitats of scallops known from Bermudian waters, collections of other shelled mollusks were made at most of the diving stations. At most stations col- lecting was by visual spotting and hand picking. In the interest of conservation, many living individuals were examined underwater and returned to their habitat, with later identification assisted by dead shells of the same species found at the site. At the stations deeper than 30 m (Stations 21, 24, and 39), in the deepest portions of Harrington Sound (Stations 1 and 6), and on the bottom of Wal- singham Pond (Station 11), short non-decom- pression time limits or turbid conditions prevented visual collecting, and sediment samples in both net and plastic bags were taken instead. These sediment samples were retained in running salt water and later examined in the laboratory for living material. The resulting coUections contain about 160 species of shelled mollusks (Table 1) distributed among 40 diving stations (Figs. 1, 2, and Table 2). Surprisingly, 17 of these species have not been previously recorded from Bermudian waters.^ Be- cause all but two of these new records are from the three diving stations deeper than 30 m (Stations 21, 24, and 39), it is clear that much of our present 'Contribution No. 546, Bermuda Biological Station for Research, St. George's West, Bermuda. ^With regard to new records, 1 am indebted to Mr. Russell Jenson, Assistant Curator, Department of Mollusks, Delaware Museum of Natural History. It is through his help and his extensive records, compiled through a painstaking search of the liter- ature on Bermuda, that I can with reasonable confidence refer to species as having been previously unreported. 32 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) knowledge of the Bermudian marine fauna is based on shore and shallow-water coUections. Although the West Indian character of the fauna has long been known, it is probable that more intensive collecting by means of diving (deeper than 45 m) and other methods not avaUable to early collectors will continue to turn up a wealth of species pre- viously thougjit to be restricted to the West Indies proper or to the Atlantic coast of South America. The stations listed below are plotted in Figures 1 and 2. Groupings of stations according to general environment or ecological zone are shown in Table 2. Station 1. DevO's Hole, Harrington Sound. Depth, 25 m; bottom temperature, about 20° C; barren mud bottom with mounds, trails, fine ex- crement, and small shells. May 19, 1971. Station 2. Devil's Hole, Harrington Sound, on a line extending southeastward from Station 1. Depth, 17 to 9 m; fine sand bottom with abundant Oculina, Area, and Pododesmus. May 19, 1971. Station 3. Devil's Hole, Harrington Sound, on a line extending southeastward from Station 1. Depth, 9 to 6 m; coarse sandy bottom with little vegetation and abundant Area zebra. May 19, 1971. Station 4. Rocky shore on east side of Devil's Hole, Harrington Sound. Depth, 0 to 3 m. May 19, 1971. Station 5. Between Trunk Island and Small Is- land, Harrington Sound. Depth, 3 to 4 m; sandy FIG. I . Map of the Bermuda Islands showing loeations of diving stations. Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 33 bottom with scattered patches of grass. May 19, 1971. Station 6. Shark Hole, Harrington Sound, along traverse extending north northwestward from a depth of 21 m. Depth, 21 to 18 m; bottom temperature, 19° C; barren mud bottom witli mounds, trails, scattered shells, and Oculina frag- ments. May 20, 1971. Station 7. At 32° 20.2' N, 64° 42.5' W, near Shark Hole, Harrington Sound. Depth, 18 to 11 m; fine sand bottom with abundant Oculina. May 20, 1971. Station 8. Near Station 7, Harrington Sound. Depth, 8 to 1 1 m. May 20, 1971. No collection was made at this station. Station 9. Midway between Abbot's Cliff and Trunk Island, Harrington Sound. Shoal area with large areas of barren, sandy bottom covered with the shells of Area. May 20, 1971. No collection made. Station 10. Southwest side of Trunk Island, Harrington Sound. Depth, 3 to 6 m; sandy bottom with patches of grass. May 20, 1971. Station 11. Walsingham Pond, Bermuda Island. Depth, 1.5 to 6 m; barren, dark, soupy mud bottom with film of organic matter and small shells. May 21, 1971. Station 12. Seaward side of rocks at mouth of Whalebone Bay, western end of St. George's Island. Depth, 4.5 m; water temperature, 22°C; coarse sand bottom with abundant hard coral and Gorgonacea. May 22, 1971. Station 13. Western end of Church Bay, Har- rington Sound. Depth 3 to 6 m. May 22, 1971. Station 14. Hungry Bay, on south shore of Bermuda Island. Depth, 1 m; coarse sand bottom FIG. 2. Map of Harrington Sound, Bermuda, showing locations of diving stations with respect to the zonation of Neumann (1965). 34 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) with broad-bladed marine grass and the alga, Pedina. May 24, 1971. Station 15. Outside mouth of Hungry Bay, on south shore of Bermuda Island. Depth, 4.5 to 8 m; water temperature, 22° C; bottom of coarse sand and bare rock with potholes. May 24, 1971. Station 16. Off small bay between Tobacco Bay and Coot Pond, northern St. George's Island. Depth, 6 to 8 m; water temperature 22 to 23° C; coarse sand bottom with large and small coral-covered rocks. May 24, 1971. Station 17. Buildings Bay, near eastern tip of St. George's Island. Depth, 0.5 to 3.5 m; very coarse, ripple-marked sand bottom with some large rocks and abundant green to lavender leafy algae. May 24, 1971. Station 18. At 32° 22.4' N, 64° 39.2' W, off mouth of pass between Paget Island and St. Davids Island. Depth, 6 to 7 m; water temperature, 21.5° C; coarse, ripple-marked sand with patches of coral and leafy algae. May 25, 1971. Station 19. Near Station 18, but further from shore. Depth, about 6 m. May 25, 1971. No collection. Station 20. Higgs Cut, between Higgs Island and Paget Island at eastern end of St. George's Harbor. Depth, 0.5 to 4.5 m (within small boat channel and surrounding area) and 6 m (deep hole at western end of cut); bottom fine sand and grassy in shallow water, barren sand at bottom of channel. May 25, 1971. Station 21. At 32° 30.6' N, 64° 38.2' W, north- east of "North East" marker buoy. Depth, 37 m; bottom water temperature, 20.5° C; small coral knolls rising a few feet from the bottom and separated by patches of very coarse, ripple-marked sand. May 26, I97I. AH specimens recorded from this station were picked from bulk samples taken from the sand patches. Station 22. Anchor chain of "North East" marker buoy, 32° 30.2' N, 64° 38.5' W. Depth, 6 m. May 26, 1971. No collection. Station 23. Top of large patch reef between St. George's Island and "North East" marker buoy (Station 22). Exact position not plotted. Depth, 18 m. May 26, 1 97 1. Station 24. At 32° 18.2' N, 64° 40.8' W, off south shore of Tucker's Town. Depth, 34 m; bot- tom temperature, 20.5° C; higli coral patches with scattered small areas of coarse sand. May 27, 1971. Station 25. At 32° 19.6' N, 64° 41.4" W, inside breaker zone off south shore of Tucker's Town. Depth, 6 to 8 m; patch reefs surrounded by coarse, ripple-marked sand. May 27, 1971. Station 26. At 32° 22.6' N, 64° 39.0' W. off entrance to St. George's Harbor. Depth, 6 to 18 m; coral platform rising 12 m above a medium to fine sand bottom May 27, 1971. Station 27. At 32° 23.9' N, 64° 40.9' W, north northeast of St. Catherines Point, St. George's Is- land. Depth. 14 m; water temperature, 22° C: silty mud bottom with large colonies of Ociilina. May 28, 1971. Station 28. At 32° 24.8' N. 64° 41.2' W, north- east of St. Catherines Point, St. George's Island. Depth, 4.5 to 8 m; patch reef with prolific, diverse coral. May 28, 1971. Station 29. South side of Ferry Point, western tip of St. George's Island, from rocky shore to a depth of 4.5 m in the channel between Ferry Point and Coney Island. May 29. 1971. Station 30. At 32° 21.6' N, 64° 42.7' W, in shallow area in mouth of Ferry Reach southwest of Ferry Point. Depth, 1.5 to 3.5 m; Ociilina patch reef and adjacent sandy bottom. May 29, 1971. Station 31. North half of Ely's Harbor, Somerset Island. Depth, 1.5 to 6 m. May 30, 1971. Station 32. Off mouth of Ely's Harbor, Somerset Island. Depth, 2.5 m; patch reef on sandy bottom. May 30, 1971. No collection. Station 33. South half of Ely's Harbor, Somerset Island. Depth, 1.5 to 6 m. May 30, 1971. Station 34a. In channel between Wilsons Island and Bermuda Island, Port Royal Bay. Depth, 1.5 to 4 m; fine silty bottom with mounds, worm tubes, and few holothurians. May 30, 1971. No collection. Station 34b. East side of Wilsons Island, Port Royal Bay. Depth. I to 4.5 m; sandy, trash-covered bottom at base of steep, rocky drop-off. May 30, 1971. Station 35. North end of Grace Island, Great Sound. Depth, 4.5 m; barren, fine sand bottom at base of rocky drop-off. May 30. 1 97 1. No collection. Station 36. Between Hunts Island and Perots Island, Port Royal Bay. Depth, 3.5 to 5.5 m; firm, clean sand bottom with grass in shallow areas. May 30, 1971. No collection. Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 35 Station 37. Transect across channel between Burt Island and Darrell Island, Great Sound. Depth, 1 to 4 m; firm, fine sand with patches of grass. May 30, 1971. Station 38. Channel between Coney Island and Bermuda Island at northeastern tip of Bermuda Island. Depth, 0.5 to 4.5 m. May 31, 1971. Station 39. At 32° 18.1' N, 64° 40.2' W, off south shore of Tucker's Town. Depth, 51 m; rubbly, coarse, foraminiferal sand with abundant dark red algal nodules. June 1, 1971. NOTES ON HABITATS Harrington Sound Siibthermocline Zone. Neumann (1965) has pro- vided an excellent account of the bathymetry, hydrography, and ecological zonation of Harrington Sound. As described by Neumann (p. 1003), the SubthermocUne Zone (Fig. 2) has an abrupt upper boundary at a depth of 17 m (55 feet), at which the extensive, essentially barren mud bottom of this zone meets an area of abundant branching, bushy coral (Oculinaj, characterized by Neumann as the Oculina Zone. This zonal boundary is the result of seasonal water stratification and coincides with the deepest position of a thermocline in summer. During the summer there is little mixing of water beneath the thermocline, resulting in cooler, ox- ygen-poor water below. Neumann described the subthermocline bottom as a smooth and barren surface marked only by the scattered holes of burrowing organisms, possibly crustaceans, and having patches of a thin purplish algal or bacterial mat. He reported the valves of the small bivalve Transennella conradina (but see below) as common on the mud surface, with a few live specimens, and added that this species is the only significant cal- careous form. Our observations confirm Neumann's. At Station 1, near Devil's Hole, we found the upper boundary of the Subthermochne Zone to be sharp and to he precisely at 17 m. Although underwater visibility was less than 1 m, we observed that the mud bottom was marked with numerous mounds, traUs, small dead moUusk shells, and a Utter of fine excrement. The dominant bivalve is Gouldia cerina (see Notes on Taxa), not Transennella as reported by Neumann, and all specimens were dead. In addition we recovered a single valve of a young Pitar fulminata as well as numerous dead specimens of a tiny diastomid gastropod (Fig. 26), Finella dubia (Orbigny). The traverse comprising Station 6 (Fig. 2) ap- proached the upper boundary of Neumann's Sub- thermocline Zone, which here is within a depth interval of 17 to 18 m. We observed that the actual thermocline was very close to this boundary, with water temperature rising from 19° C below the thermocline to 21 above. The more varied fauna than that collected from the same zone at Station 1 is most hkely due to the fact that we were near the upper boundary of the Subthermocline Zone at Station 6. Most of the shells collected are rather old, the exceptions being the abundant Gouldia and less abundant Pitar, the same bivalves represented at Station 1. The valves of Argopecten gibbus collected here are of particular interest and are discussed under Notes on Taxa. As pointed out by Stanley (1970, p. 83), suspen- sion feeders (such as Gouldia and Pitar) living on soupy muds face the problem of being clogged by loose, fine-grained sediment as they sink into the substrate. Most inhabitants of this type of bottom remain small, thus keeping their surface-volume ratio large and maximizing support from the sub- stratum per unit of animal weight. Gouldia appears to be an opportunistic species that colonizes the Subthermocline Zone at times when conditions are most favorable, probably during the time of max- imum water mixing in the winter. The species then flourishes until conditions become lethal, probably during maximum summer stagnation. Oculina Zone. Stations 2 and 7 in Harrington Sound are within the Oculina Zone of Neumann (1965, p. 1001), an area between 9 and 17 m (30 and 55 feet) in depth characterized by a fine sand bottom and abundant growth of the branching coral, Oculina valenciennesi. As described by Neu- mann, the coral supports itself on the soft mud by forming bush-like growths on its own debris or on clusters of Area zebra. Area zebra is by far the most common mollusk in this zone and lives byssally attached in clusters on or near the bottom. Other common bivalves (Table 1) are Pododesmus rudis (attached to Oculina), Chama congregata (attached to any hard object), and Lithophaga bisculcata (boring into Oculina). Neumann described Vermicularia as abundant in the Oculina Zone, and Gould (1969, p. 432) has also noted the common association of Vermicularia and Oculina. Neumann's 36 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 ol. 87 (2) report of Anomia simplex as common in this zone could not be confirmed, and it is probable that he was referring to Pododesmus, which was absent from his list. Shallow Sandy Zone. Stations 3, 5, 8-10, and 13 lie within the Shallow Sandy Zone of Neumann (1965, p. 1001), an area extending in depth from 9 m to the surface (Fig. 2). As described by Neu- mann, the sandy floor is covered by marine grasses, sponges, and algae in the well-lit regions down to about 4.5 m. Below 4.5 m grass is less abundant and there are more open sandy areas, frequently with large clusters oi Area zebra. The western end of Church Bay, Harrington Sound (Station 13, Fig. 2), within the harbor of a private estate, has a silty sand bottom with little vegetation, common Cassiopeia (the bottom-dwelling jellyfish), and common Anadara notabilis. About 30 m. out from shore the bottom is more typical of the Shallow, Sandy Zone, with patches of marine grass, coarser, barren sand, abundant Area zebra, and many living Argopecten gibbus, Pecten ziczac, and Macrocallista maculata. Over sandy bottoms near the rocky shore of Church Bay, both Pinctada and Anomia are common on the abundant bottles and other trash that litter the bottom. Walsingham Pond Twenty years ago De Laubenfels (1950, p. 194), in his colorful style, described the rock walls of Walsingham Pond as a sponge metropolis and noted that the bottom is largely mud-covered, but so deep that the water is clear. A more detailed summary of conditions in the pond was provided by Walton (1969), who studied the bathymelr), sediments, and water chemistry. Tlie maximum depth is about 6 m and the bottom througliout the deeper portions of the pond consists of soupy, pelleted mud covered by a mat of organic matter 5 to 10 cm. thick. The most abundant moUusks in this soupy, mud layer are, according to Walton (op. cit., p. 44), Batillaria, Vermicularia, and Gouldia.^ Beneath this layer is a thicker layer of brown pelleted mud with more abundant shells interpreted by V.alton to represent a time when the pond was less restricted than at present. Gould (1968) studied the moUuscan fauna of Walsingham Pond, listing 9 species of bivalves and 15 species of gastropods. Although he did not distinguish living from dead or fossil material, he stressed the similarity of the overall assemblage to other mangrove-mud environments in Bermuda. Our collecting concentrated on the mud bottom of the southwest arm of the pond. Contrary to the pristine quality of water implied by De Laubenfels' description, liglit penetration to the bottom of the pond is now very low, and it was necessary to use liglits in order to see small objects on the bottom. Underwater visibility was poor and would rapidly drop to zero if we allowed our trail of disturbed mud to overtake us. As noted by Gould (1968), the bottom harbors a profusion of the bottom-dweUing jeUyfish, Cassiopeia. Below the organic tllm and soupy layer is an accumulation of small shells. ^I infer that Walton's "Batillaria minima" is actually Cerithium variabile and his Gouldia is actually small Ctena orbiculata. FIGS. 3-15. Bermuda Marine MoUusks. All specimens in optical photographs are coated with ammonium chloride and those in scanning electron micrographs coated with gold unless indicated otherwise. FIGS. 3, 4. Matching left and right valves of Aequipecten acanthodes (Dallj, syntype, USNM 333637, Santa Lucia, Cuba, height 31.5 mm, FIGS. 5-7. Right valve uncoated, matching left valve coated, and sculptural detail of left valve f.x 9), Argopecten noronhensis (E. A. Smith), USNM 501857, Barbados, height 15.0 mm. FIG. 8. Fragment of left valve of Argopecten noronhensis (E. A. Smith), USNM 708130, Bermuda Sta. 39, height of fragment 8.0 mm FIGS. 9-11. Chlamys multisquamata (Danker), matching left and right valves of specimen from off Palm Beach, Florida, in collection of F. M. Bayer, height 46.8 mm, and fragment of valve, USNM 708131, Bermuda Sta. 39, height of fragtnent 7.0 mm. FIGS. 12, 13. Structural detail of outer surface (x 17) and inner surface of right valve of Neopycnodonte cochlear (PoH), USNM 708132, Bermuda Sta. 39, height 12.5 mm. FIGS. 14, 15. Matching left and right valves of Limaria hyalina (Verrill and Bush), USNM 708133, Bermuda Sta. 39, height 4.1 mm. Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 37 ,|ii' % m A r4'.uW, 14 Bermuda Marine Mollusks (explanation on opposite page) 38 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) primarily Vermicularia, Cerithium, and Ctena (Table 1). Live individuals of these species were brought up in samples, but their living positions in the substrate were not observed. Seven species of bivalves and 26 species of gastropods were re- covered, with the most abundant species essentially the same as those hsted by Gould (op. cit., p. 3). However, our samples, obtained by visual collecting and digging in the muddy bottom by hand, con- tained no Gouldia cerina, listed as "very common" by Gould, and numerous Anachis catenata, not recovered by Gould. Many of the less common species in the pond (see Table 1, Station 11) undoubtedly come from the fossil shelly layer men- tioned above. Although many of the species Usted may have dropped off the rock walls of the pond, many also probably hve on the organic debris and algae coat- ing the muddy bottom, as suggested by a com- parison of the list of these species with the Ust of molluscan-algal associations of Warmke and Almodovar (1963). The abundance of Ctena orbiculata in the pond may reflect stress conditions. Jackson (1970, p. 586) found that lucinids are tolerant of stagnant conditions involving the pres- ence of hydrogen sulfide and, unlike most other bivalves, are able to feed on microbial populations present on plant detritus. Other Localities Hungry Bay. Hungry Bay (Station 14), on the south shore of Bermuda Island, is very shallow, less than 1 m. deep at low tide, with a bottom of coarse sand vvdth broad-bladed marine grass and coral frag- ments. The small alga, Pedina, is also abundant, and it is in this shallow area that we found many small (5 mm) Chione. At the entrance to the bay and out to a depth of about 8 m (Station 15), the max- imum depth of this dive, the bottom is rock with a thin algal covering broken here and there by the tootli marks of large parrot fish. Pot holes up to 1 m. deep and some deep channels have been scoured out of the rock, and the turbulence of the area has left few rocks small enough to overturn. Under the few that could be overturned, Barbatia domingensis was common. Malleus candeanus was seen far be- FIGS. 16, 17. Right valve and hinge (x 15) of Erycina sp. aff. E. linella Dall, USNM 708134. Bermuda Sta. 24, length 6.2 mm FIG. 18. Right valve of Carditopsis smitlii (Dall), scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708135, Bermuda Sta. 11, height 1.7 mm. FIG. 19. Prodissoconch o/ Carditopsis smithi (Dall), scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708136, Bermuda Sta. 11, length 0.39 mm. FIG. 20. Alvania didyma (Watson), scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708137, Bermuda Sta. 21, height 2.1 mm FIG. 21. Alvania platycephala Dautzenberg and Fischer, scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708138, Bermuda Sta. 11, height 2.4 mm, FIG. 22. Caecum delicatulum Verrill and Bush, scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708139, Bermuda Sta. 11, height 2.9 mm FIG. 23. Cerithiopsis cyntliia? Bartsch, USNM 708140, Bermuda Sta. 24, height 5.0 mm. FIG. 24. Triphora mirabilis (C. B. Adams), USNM 708141, Bermuda Sta. 24, height 9.0 mm. FIG. 25. Pusia variata? (Reeve), USNM 708142, Bermuda Sta. 21, height 18 mm. FIG. 26. Finella dubia (Orbigny), USNM 708143, Bermuda Sta. 1, height 3.3 mm. FIG. 27. Aesopus stearnsi Tryon, USNM 708144, Bermuda Sta. 21, height 4.9 mm. FIG. 28. Thala foveata (Sowerby), USNM 708145, Bermuda Sta. 24, height 4.4 mm. FIG. 29. Pyrgocythara candidissima (C. B. Adams), USNM 708146, Bermuda Sta. 39, height 4. 7 mm. FIG. 30. Odostomia didyma Verrill and Bush, scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708147, Bermuda Sta. 11, height 1. 8 mm. FIG. 31. Mitrolumna bipUcata (Dall), USNM 708148, Bermuda Sta. 39, height 3.9 mm. FIG. 32. Odostomia nioba Dall and Bartsch, scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708149, Bermuda Sta, 21, height 2.5 mm. FIG. 33. Turbonilla heilprini Bush, scanning electron micrograph, USNM 708150, Bermuda Sta. 11, height 2.8 mm Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 39 16 17 ^^^i''^^ 18 ^*5 iiv Bermuda Marine Mollusks (explanation on opposite page) 40 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) neath the overhangs of pot holes and channels, whereas Chama was common atop the bare rock surface. Ely's Harbor. Almost the entire area of Ely's Harbor was surveyed for the presence of scallops by towing divers behind the boat, but no living spec- imens were found. In the north half of the harbor (Station 31), the bottom in the center is soft, barren mud or silt with some coral-covered rocks. Peripheral areas are sandy and grassy with scattered clusters oi Area zebra. North Lagoon. The bottom features and fauna at Station 27, north of St. George's Island, are very similar to those in the Oculina Zone of Harrington Sound (Neumann, 1965; see preceding notes) with the dominant mollusks being Area zebra, Po- dodesmus rudis, Vermieularia, Spondylus, and Chania. Many dead Chlamys imbricata, not found in Harrington Sound, were present at this station, but no living individuals could be found after an in- tensive search. Outer Platfonru The deepest areas sampled lie well outside of the breaker zone: Station 21 (depth, 37 m). Station 24 (depth, 34 m) and Station 39 (depth, 51 m). The bottom at these stations consists of patches of barren coarse carbonate sand, gen- erally ripple marked, with intervening patches of coral and algae. Tlie sand at Station 39 consists almost entirely of the tests of the foraniinifer, Amphistegiim gibbosa. and the bottom is strewn with maroon algal nodules. Bulk samples of the sand yielded a profusion of small shells, particularly gastropods such as Euchelus giittarosea, Zebina browniana, various cerithiopsids, Triphora mirabilis. Trivia quadripimctata. various columbellids and margineUids, and Williamia krcbsiL Small bivalves are also common, particularly Area imbrieata, Barbatia domingensis. fragmented Comptopallium antillanim, Spondylus, Lima lima, Chama sarda, Trigonioeardia media, and Gouldia eerina. The bivalve Ventrieolaria rugatina, previously unknown from Bermuda, increases in both size and abundance from Station 24 to the deepest station (Station 39). In addition to the small mollusks, the tiny brachiopod, Argyrotheea benmidana (Dall, 1911), is common in the sand at Stations 24 and 39. Pre- sumably these specimens, like the many byssate and cemented bivalves that are also found in the sed- iment, have become detached from living sites among and beneath small corals. The fact that 1 5 out of 1 7 new records listed in Table 1 are from the three outer-platform stations is a striking indication of how httle is known about the Bermudian molluscan fauna from these depths. TABLE L List of speeies of shell-bearing Mollusca eollected in Bermuda, with references to illustrations and eollecting stations. The order of families follows that of Moore (1969) for the bivalves and Taylor and Sohl (1962) for the gastropods. Taxa are alphabetically arranged within each family. Station numbers in bold-face type indicate living specimens; other specimens are represented by shells only. Species not previously known from Bermuda are preceded by an asterisk (*). Specimens that document the list are deposited in the collections of the Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. Species BIVALVIA Anadara notabilis (Roding, 1798) Area imbricata Bruguiere, 1789 Area Zebra (Swainson, 1 833) Barbatia (Area) domingensis (Lamarck, 1819) *Barhatia (Fugleria) tenera? C. B. Adams, 1845 Barbatia sp. Arcopsis adamsi (E. A. Smith, 1888) Brachidontes sp. Lithophaga bisulcata (Orbigny, 1 842) Illustration Stations Warmke and Abbott 3, 5, 10, 13 Warmke and Abbott 12, 18, 21, 24, 27, 39 Warmke and Abbott 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 13, 27 29, 31,33, 34b, 35, 39 Warmke and Abbott 11, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 39 Warmke and Abbott 39 24 Warmke and Abbott 6, 24 Warmke and Abbott 2, 7 Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 41 Species Modiolus amcricamis Leach, 1815 Musculus lateralis (Say, 1822) Pinna carnea Gnielin, 1791 Pinctada imhricata Roding, 1 798 Pteria colymbus (Roding, 1798) Isognomon radiatus (Anton, 1839) Isognomon sp. Malleus (Malvufundus) candeanus (Orbigny, 1842) Aequipecten acanthodes (Dall, 1925) Argopecten gibbus (Linndiews,, 1758) *Argopecten noronhensis (E. A. Smith, 1885) *Chlamys benedicti Verrill and Bush, 1897 Chlamys imbricata (Gmelin. 1791 ) *Chlamys multisquamata (Dunker, 1864) *Comptopallium antillanim (Recluz, 1 853) *Pecten chazaliei Dautzenberg, 1900 Pecten ziczac (Linnaeus, 1758) Spondylus americanus Hermann, 1781 Anomia simplex Orbigny, 1842 Pododesmus rudis (Broderip, 1834) L/ma L(wa (Linnaeus, 1758) *Limaria hyalina (Verrill and Bush, 1 898) *Neopycnodonte cochlear (Poli, 1795) Lop/;a /o //a (Linnaeus, 1758) Anodontia schrammi (Crosse, 1876) Codakia orbicularis (Linnaeus, 1758) Ctena orbiculata (Montagu, 1808) Parvilucina costata (Orbigny, 1842) Erycina sp. aff. E. linella Dall, 1 899 Lasaea adansoni (GmtWn, 1791) Carditopsis smithi (DaW, 1896) Charna congregata Conrad, 1833 Chama macerophylla Gmelin, 1791 *Chama sarda Reeve, 1 847 Chama sp. Pseudochama radians (Lamarck, 1819) Crassinella lunulata (Conrad, 1 834) Laevicardium laevigatum (Linnaeus, 1758) Laevicardium sp. Papyridea semisulcata (Gray, 1 825) Trigoniocardia media (Linnaeus, 1758) Ervilia concentrica (Holmes, 1 860) Florimetis intastriata (Say, 1 826) Macoma tenta Say, 1834 Illustration Stations Warmke and Abbott 5, 37 Warmke and Abbott 16, 37 Warmke and Abbott 29 Warmke and Abbott 2, 5, 10, 13, 16, 37, 38 (as P. radiata) Warmke and Abbott 16, 28 Warmke and Abbott 15, 25 — 24 Boss and Moore 15,23,24,25,26 Our Figs. 3, 4 27, 39 Warmke and Abbott 3, 5, 6, 10, 13 Our Figs. 5-8 39 Warmke and Abbott 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 16, 18, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,39 Our Figs. 9-11 39 Warmke and Abbott 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 2, 3, 5, 10, 12, 13, 31, 34b, 36, 37, 38 Warmke and Abbott 4, 16, 21, 24, 27,28,38,39 Warmke and Abbott 3, 5,6, 7, 10, 13,37,38 Warmke and Abbott 2, 5, 24, 27 Warmke and Abbott 12,21,24,27,28 Our Figs. 14, 15 39 Stenzel; 39 Our Figs. 12, 13 Warmke and Abbott 3, 5. 10, 12, 13 Abbott 3, 5, 20 Warmke and Abbott 12, 29, 37 Warmke and Abbott 6, 11, 16, 21, 24,39 Warmke and Abbott 5, 6, 16 Our Figs. 16, 17 24 Verrill and Bush 11 Our Figs. 18, 19 11 Bayer 2, 3, 6, 7 Bayer 11, 27 Bayer 21, 24, 39 — 15 Warmke and Abbott 5, 10, 27 Warmke and Abbott 16, 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 2, 16,20,28 — 6, 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 17 Warmke and Abbott 24, 39 Davis 24 Warmke and Abbott 3, 5, 37 Warmke and Abbott 6 42 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) Species Strigilla mirabilis (Philippi, 1841) Tellina (Acon'his) guitldii Hanley. 1846 Tellina (Aiignlus) paramera Boss, 1964 Tellina (Laciolina) laevigata Linnaeus. 1758 Tellina (Laciolina) magna Spengler, 1 798 Tellina (Scissulaj similis Sowerby, 1 806 Tellina (Tellina) radiata Linnaeus, 1758 Tellina (Tellinella) listen Roding. 1798 Semelina proficua (Pulteney. 1799) Tagelus divisus (Spengler, 1794) Coralliophaga coralliophaga (Ginelin, 1791) Macrocallista maculata (Linnaeus. 1758) Chione cancellata (Linnaeus, 1767) Gouldia cerina (C. B. Adams, 1845) Pitar fulminata {Menke, 1828) *Ventricolaria ntgatina (Heilprin. 1887) *Corbula (varicorbula) sp. Gastrochaena Mans (Gmelin, 1791) GASTROPODA Diodora dysoni (Reeve. 1850) Diodora sp. Emarginula pwnila (A. Adams 1851) Acmaea pustulata (Helbling, 1779) Lepeta? sp. Euchelus giittarosea Dall. 1 889 Synaptocochlea picta (Orbigny, 1 842) Astraea phoebia Roding, 1798 Truncatella caribaeensis Reeve, 1 842 Alvania didyma (Watson, 1886) Alvania platycephala Dautz. and Fischer. 1896 Cingiila? sp. *Micwdochiis jloridanus Rehder, 1943 Rissoina biyerea (Montagu. 1803) Rissoina sp. aff. /?. /jn'e/rfl (Montagu. 1803) Rissoina cancellata Philippi. 1 847 Rissoina fischeri Desjardin, 1949 Zebina bwwniana (Orbigny. 1842) Vitrinella species A Vitrinella species B Vitrinella species C *Spirolaxis exquisita (Dall and Simpson. 1901) Vermicularia knorrii (Deshayes, 1843) Vermicularia spirata Philippi, 1 836 Siliquaria sqiwmata Blainville, 1827 Caecum delicatulwn Verrill and Bush, 1900 Caecum plicatum Carpenter. 1 858 Caecum sp. Modulus modulus (Linnaeus. 1758) Illustration Boss (1969) Boss (1966) Boss (1968) Warmke and Abbott Boss (1966) Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Our Fig. 20 Our Fig. 21 Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Gould (1969) Gould (1966) Our Fig. 22 Warmke and Abbott Warmke and Abbott Stations 26 16. 24 24 5. 10. 24. 25 10. 37 24 25 10, 37. 38 16 11 24 3 27 5, 13 11. 14 1. 2. 6. 16, 1. 6. 16 21. 24, 39 39 M. 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 24 17 5 24 24. 39 24 21, 24. 39 24 24. 39 11 21. 24 11 24 11 24 39 11 11. 24 21, 24. 39 11 24. 39 39 24 24. 27, 39 11 24 II 11, 24.39 11 11, 16, 39 Vol. 87 (2) Species Finella dubia (Orbigny, 1 842) Alaba incerta (Orbigny, 1842) Cerithium litteratum (Born, 1778) Cerithium variabile (C. B. Adams, 1845) Cerithiopsis ara Dall and Bartsch, 1911 Cerithiopsis cynthia? Bartsch, 1911 Cerithiopsis nigiilosum (C. B. Adams, 1 850) Cerithiopsis vicola Dall and Bartsch, 1911 Cerithiopsis species B Cerithiopsis species C Cerithiopsis species D Triphora mirabilis (C. B. Adams, 1850) Triphora species B Triphora species C Triphora species D Triphora species E Bemiudaclis bermudensis (Dall and Bartsch, 1911) Strombus costatus Gmelin, 1791 Trivia quadripunctata (Gray, 1 827) Cypraea cinerea Gmelin, 1791 *Cypraea spurca acicularis Gmelin, 1791 Cypraea sp. (Bulla stage) Natica sp. *Aspella elizabethae McGinty, 1940 Murex (Favartia) cellulosus Conrad, 1 846 *Pusia variata? (Reeve, 1845) Aesopus stearnsi Tryon, 1 883 Anachis catenata (Sowerby, 1 844) Columbella mercatoria (Linnaeus, 1758) Mitrella lunata (Say, 1 826) *Nassarina monilifera (Sowerby, 1844) Colubraria swifti {Tryon, 1881) Colubraria testacea Morch, 1877 Nassarius albus (Say, 1 826) Thala foveata (Sowerby, 1 874) Latirus brevicaudatus (Reeve, 1847) Hyalina avena (Kiener, 1 834) Hyalina lactea (Kiener, 1841) Persicula lavalleeana (Orbigny, 1 842) Persicula? species A Persicula? species B Mitra nodulosa (Gmelin, 1791) Glyphoturris quadrata rugirima (Dall, 1889) Mitrolumna biplicata (Dall, 1 889) Pyrgocythara candidissima (C. B. Adams, 1 845) Conus bermudensis Clench, 1942 Odostomia didyma Verrill and Bush, 1900 Odostomia nioba Dall and Bartsch, 1911 Turbonilla heilprini Bush, 1 899 THE NAUTILUS Illustration Stations Our Fig. 26 1 Warmke and Abbott 24 Warmke and Abbott 5, 10, 11, 13, 24,39 Warmke and Abbott 11 Dall and Bartsch 21 Our Fig. 23 21, 24,39 Clench and Turner 24 Dall and Bartsch 11 - 24,39 - 24 - 21, 39 Our Fig. 24 21,24,39 - 24,39 - 39 - 21 - 21 911) Dall and Bartsch (1911) 11 Warmke and Abbott 34b, 37 Warmke and Abbott 16, 21,24,39 Warmke and Abbott 39 Warmke and Abbott 26 - 24 - 39 McGinty 17 Warmke and Abbott 27 Our Fig. 25 21, 24 Our Fig. 27 21,24,39 Warmke and Abbott 11, 24 Warmke and Abbott 15, 21,25 Warmke and Abbott 21, 24 Warmke and Abbott 21, 24 Warmke and Abbott 14, 18 Warmke and Abbott 39 Warmke and Abbott 11, 20, 24,39 Our Fig. 28 24 Warmke and Abbott 39 Warmke and Abbott 11, 21, 24, 39 - 39 Warmke and Abbott 11 - 24 39 Warmke and Abbott 21, 24 Warmke and Abbott 39 Our Fig. 31 39 5) Our Fig. 29 39 Clench 12, 29, 37 Our Fig. 30 11 Our Fig. 32 21 Our Fig. 33 11 43 44 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) Species Turbonilla pupoides (Orbigny, 1842) Bulla striata (Bruguiere, 1792) Atys sp. Hammoea succinea (Conrad, 1846) Haminoea sp. Retitsa candei Orbigny, 1841 WilliamJa krehsii (Morch, 1 877) Laemodonta cubensis (Pfeiffer, 1854) Pedipes mirabilis (Mulilfeldt, 1816) Pleurobranclnts sp. SCAPHOPODA Cadulus qiiadridentatus {Dan, 1881) POLYPLACOPHORA Radsiella mgidata (Sowerby, 1832) Illustration Stations Warmke and Abbott 24, 39 Warmke and Abbott 5, 11 - 39 Warmke and Abbott 11 - 24 Warmke and Abbott 11 Warmke and Abbott 24, 39 Clench (1964) 11 Clench (1964) 39 Warmke and Abbott 24 Keen 39 NOTES ON TAXA AND THEIR HABITS Bivalvia Arcidae The similarity of living habits of Area imbricata and Area zebra have been emphasized by Stanley (1970, p. 122), who also stated that both prefer shallow subtidal habitats. Our collections indicate, however, that in Bermuda Area imbricata is more common in open marine situations than in pro- tected sounds (see Table 1). Tlie only co-occurrence of living specimens was in the North Lagoon at Station 27, where conditions similar to those in the Oeuliiia Zone of Harrington Sound exist on the open platform. Area zebra is perhaps the most conspicuous mollusk in the shallow inshore waters of Bermuda. It is especially abundant in Harrington Sound, where it can be found at depths from about 1.5 m to 17 m within the Shallow Sandy Zone and Oculina Zone of Neumann (1965). Secreting a strong, pedestal-like byssus. Area zebra attaches to the top or sides of any hard object, most commonly to shells, rocks, or other debris on the sandy botton^ Subsequently, other individuals attach to one another, resulting in clusters or knots which themselves form a substrate for epifauna. Each individual Area raises itself on its byssus while filtering but quickly lowers itself when sensing a passing shadow. Area zebra does not colonize the rocky shore, nor does the species attach to corals far above the bottom. At Station 29, Area zebra clusters have formed on the old concrete pilings of the abandoned causeway, but these clusters are subtidal and close to the bottom. In contrast to its inshore abundance, the paucity or absence of Area zebra from the outer shallow waters of Bermuda is striking. It is usually un- common in smaU bays with free access to the open sea and is not common in the shallow waters within the breaker zone of the south shore. The only outside area at which Area zebra was found in abundance is Station 27 in an area of abundant Oeidina on a silty mud bottom, very similar to the Oeiilina Zone of Harrington Sound. In a study of Barbatia dommgensis on the Ber- muda Platform, Bretsky (1967) found that this species is most abundant in turbulent environments and least abundant in protected bays and sounds. Its most common site of byssal attachment is beneath corals, less commonly beneath rocks. The strong representation of B. domingensis in our col- lections from the open platform confirms Bretsky's observations, and in view of these habitat pre- ferences only the occurrence of the species in Walsingham Pond (Station 1 1 ) is unexpected. Tlie pond specimens are all immature and possibly in- dicate that larvae forced into the pond through crevices are unable to reach maturity. Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 45 Pteriidae, Isognomonidae, and Malleidac Among the Pteriacean bivalves (Pteria, Pinctada, Isognomon. and Malleus), only Pteria colymbits lives off the bottom, attached by a strong, clasping byssus to the tlexible, waving arms of gorgonaceans. At all stations where living individuals were ob- served Pinctada radiata attaches to shells or rocks on the sandy bottom, generally with the plane of commissure nearly horizontal or somewhat inclined to the substrate. Wliereas Pteria was obsei-ved only in open-marine areas, Pinctada is common in bays and sounds. Isognomon radiatus was observed living only at two open-marine stations (Stations 1 5 and 25), where individuals were byssally attached between large rocks. According to Stanley (1970, p. 136), nestling beneath or between rocks with weak byssal attachment is the usual living habit of the species. Orientation relative to the attachment surface is variable, although generally the distal portions of the shell are erect and project into the water rather than lie flat against the attachment surface. Malleus candeanus is a rare species throughout the West Indies and Florida but occurs in abun- dance at Bermuda. The taxonomy, distribution and living habits of the species have been described by Boss and Moore (1967), and Yonge (1968) has given a detailed account of the functional morph- ology of the very similar Pacific species, M. regula. Although Boss and Moore did not observe living specimens, they concluded that Malleus candeanus lives attached to hard substrates, particularly in the crevices of coral or coralline rock. Our underwater observations confirm this habit. At all localities observed, specimens were found tightly byssally attached to the sides and undersurfaces of large rocks, particularly where there are large crevices or small caves between rocks, or beneath overhanging ledges of coral. At Station 26, Malleus was par- ticularly common on the high; steep side of a large patch reef. All localities were in open marine areas generally deeper than 6 meters and with con- siderable current or surge flowing between the rocks. The elongate, distal portion of the shell of Malleus projects from the attachment surface. This portion of the shell is thin and composed entirely of fragile prismatic calcite. Although it is frequently fractured during attacks by nibbling predators, Yonge (1968, p. 387) has pointed out that prismatic calcite can be rapidly regenerated by the highly letractible mantle, which remains uninjured. Pectinidae Both Comptopallium antillarum (Recluz, 1853) and Pecten cbazaliei Dautzenberg, 1900, have not been previously reported from Bermuda. Shells and fragments of both were recovered from sediment samples taken on dives deeper than 30 m. (Stations 24 and 39). Comptopallium antillarum is a common species in the Caribbean and tropical Western At- lantic, where hving specimens have been found at depths ranging from 3 m. to 70 m. and where, in shallow waters, they are commonly attached among Halimeda algae. The previously known geographic range of the species extends from off Colon, Pan- ama and Barbados northward to Great Abaco, Ba- hamas. Pecten chazaliei is known to live at depths ranging from 18 to 230 m. in an area ranging from off Brazil, through the Caribbean and eastern Gulf of Mexico, and up the North American coast as far north as Cape Fear, North Carolina (depth, 73 m.). Aequipecten acanthodes (Dall, 1925) was orig- inally described as being "less inflated, wider, and with less prominent spines" than Aequipecten muscosus (Wood, 1828) [= Pecten exasperatus Sowerby, 1843]. Althougli the type locality of Dall's species was never given, the syntypes (USNM 333367) are from "Santa Lucia, northwest Cuba, depth 2 to 4 fathoms". Tlie Bermuda specimens listed in Table 1 bear a closer resemblance to the Cuban forms than to A muscosus from the Florida coast. The larger of the two syntypes of A. acanthodes is illustrated in Figures 3 and 4. The occurrence of Argopecten gibbus within a neady land-locked sound is unusual. Along the North American coast, the species is found only in open marine waters generally within a depth range of 9 to 365 meters (Waller, 1969, p. 37), whereas bays and sounds harbor populations of Argopecten irradians and Argopecten nucleus. As observed by Neuman (1965, pp. 999, 987), Harrington Sound "does not exhibit extremes in either dilution or evaporation", and regardless of the almost complete isolation of the sound, "tidal exchange througli the narrow inlet is sufficient to maintain near-normal oceanic temperature and sa- linity." In addition there is some exchange of water througli caves and the porous limestone surrounding the sound. As emphasized by De Laubenfels (1950. 46 THE NAUTILUS AprU 1973 Vol. 87 (2) p. 1 59), the small amount of land area surrounding Harrington Sound in comparison to the large size of the sound itself, coupled with the porous bedrock, permits httle land runoff and allows for greater constancy of oceanic conditions. In contrast, sounds located along the North American coast commonly exhibit extremes of both salinity and temperature, favoring species adapted to variation of these con- ditions. In Harrington Sound, Argopecten gibbus rests on the bottom with its right valve on or sliglitly within the sediment. Tlie majority of the largest individuals lie free, without byssal attachment, although many mature individuals attach a weak byssus to dead sheOs and coral fragments. The species is sluggish and rarely begins to swim when approached by a diver or when handled. Wlien swimming begins, it is an irregular motion with rapid adductions of the valves and short flights of no more than a meter. Like all free-living scallops, A. gibbus has an over- turning reaction when placed with its left valve downward. Generally the animal rests motionless for a time varying from a half minute to three minutes. Then the valves gape broadly, the vela become rigid, and with one or two claps the scallop rotates on either its liinge axis (10 out of 18 trials) or on an axis perpendicular to the liinge and parallel to the plane of commissure. Generally the smaller in- dividuals (those of about 25 or 30 mm in height in our test sample) begin the righting reaction sooner than larger individuals (those 50 to 60 mm in height). Two valves and numerous fragments of Argopecten gibbus were found in the Sub- thermochne Zone near Shark Hole, Harrington Sound (Station 6, Fig. 2). Tlie larger of the two nearly complete valves is a typical representative of the species, with a thick shell and moderate con- vexity. It is indistinguishable from individuals living in the Shallow Sandy Zone, and because its auricles are chipped as thougli bitten, the shell may have been dropped or dragged into this zone by a predator. Tlie smaller of the two valves is strikingly dif- ferent from any of the specimens found elsewhere around the Bermuda Islands. Its shell is exceedingly thin with very low curvature and radial plicae of low amplitude. Its disk flanks are very low and, on the posterior side, there is no sharp demarcation between the disk flank and posterior auricle, which lacks radial costae. Dark, brownish red pigment produces mottling on the valve exterior and a more uniform dark hue on the interior of the valve in areas outside of the pallial Une. Sculptural details, such as the fine, concentric lamellae on the exterior and ridged cardinal crura on the interior, and the aragonitic myostraca are well-enough preserved to suggest that the thinness of the shell is not entirely due to solution. Most of the fragments recovered exhibit the same thinness and pigmentation as the smaller of the two whole valves, and according to G. R. Clark, II (personal communication) such specimens are common from drill cores of sediments within the Subthermocline Zone. The thin shells are within the range of variation exliibited by Argopecten gibbus and most closely resemble fossil specimens from early Pleistocene deposits in southern Florida (see Waller, 1969, pp. 65, 66). The thin specimens may be the offspring of shallow-water populations which have entered the Subthermocline Zone as larvae during maximum overturn of the water. Subsequent grov^^h may then have been modified by the unusual conditions pre- sent in the subthermocline environment. Al- ternatively, the subthermocline Argopecten may in fact be fossils introduced into Harrington Sound some thousands of years ago at a time when populations throughout the Sound were of this morphology. These hypotheses can be tested, the former through culturing of Argopecten gibbus within the Subthermocline Zone, the latter through radiocarbon dating of shells and observation of Bermuda fossils both from within and outside of Harrington Sound. Argopecten noronhensis (E. A. Smith, 1885) was originally described from the coast of Brazil, where it was dredged by the H. M. S. Challenger from a depth of 46 m off Fernando Noronlia. Since Smith's original description, there have apparently been no further reports on the occurrence of the species outside of Brazilian waters. However, col- lections in the U. S. National Museum contain numerous specimens from Barbados (depths, 46 to 1 83 m ), Antigua (220 m ), the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico (73 to 256 m ), and Cat Cay, Baliamas (550 m ). All of these specimens were found dead with only the shells remaining on bottoms of coarse sand or coral rubble. Living specimens have been taken by the R/V Oregon off St. Lucia (66 to 75 m), south of Saba Banks (91 to 110 m), and off Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 47 Tortola. Virgin Islands (49 m). Argopecten noronlicnsis is not known to occur in the western Caribbean or in the Gulf of Mexico. In Bermuda fragments of A. noronhemis were recovered from sediment samples taken on our deepest dive, at a depth of 51 m (Station 39). The species is il- lustrated in Figures 5-8. Althougli not well-known because of its small size (generally less than 1 5 mm), Chlamys benedicti VerrUl and Bush, 1897, is the most widespread and numerous Chlamys in the Western Atlantic region. According to data with specimens examined thus far, the species ranges from the coast of South America off Surinam northward to a point south- east of George's Bank and is also widespread in the northern and eastern Gulf of Mexico. Shells of C. benedicti have been found from beach level down to 2,480 in, but living specimens are known only from about 2 to 806 m. Out of 86 records of living specimens, 75% are within the 46 to 90 m range. At many localities the species is associated with coral debris and sponges, and preserved spec- imens indicate that, like all Chlamys, C. benedicti is byssally attached. At Bermuda, fragments and one small valve of Chlamys benedicti were recovered from sediment samples taken at Stations 24 (34 m) and 39 (51 m). Despite an intensive search for living Chlamys imbricata, only one live individual only 17 mm in height was found (Station 18). It was byssally attached with its riglit valve upward against the undersurface of a hemispherical head of dead coral at a depth of 7 m. The scallop voluntarily released its byssal attachment when the coral was overturned and, by clapping its valves, slid along the coral surface. In a bucket on the boat, the specimen quickly attached itself with a new byssus to a clump of coral. However, after a few hours in a laboratory aquarium, the specimen detached itself from the same clump of coral, moved up and out of a small glass bowl in the bottom of the aquarium, and reattached to the lower umbo of an Argopecten gibbus on the bottom of the same aquarium. On the basis of only a few trials with this one immature specimen, C. imbricata seems to have only a weak overturning reaction, generally not beginning to right itself for several minutes after being over- turned and then rigliting with a single clap and rotation about the hinge line. Tlie specimen was observed to swim with its commissure inclined and left valve uppermost, taking off from the bottom at a steep angle with very rapid valve adductions. Bermuda is the northernmost occurrence of this species, which on the North American coast occurs no further north than Miaini. In the south, C imbricata is known only from the Caribbean,where it has been found as far south as Payardi Island, Panama. Chlamys multisquamata (Dunker, 1864) is the rarest of the Western Atlantic Chlamys. Originally described from Havana Bay, Cuba, the species was subsequently redescribed as Pecten effluens by DaU (1886) on the basis of two immature valves dredged from 230 m. off Havana. Since this time, additional specimens have been found at Barbados (USNM, 46 to 110 ni); Dominica (Nat. Marine Fish. Service, Lab. at Pascagoula, Miss., 62 to 110 m); Puerto Rico (USNM. 73 to 91 m); Cuba (USNM, 550 m); Bahamas (USNM, 90 to 550 m): off Palm Beach, Florida (F. M. Bayer Collection, 24 to 30 m); and Bonaine, Dutch West Indies (S. D. Abbott ,17 m. in crevice, on coral heads). At Bermuda, un- mistakable fragments of the species were recovered from sediment samples taken on the deepest dive (Station 29, 51 m). According to data accom- panying the Palm Beach specimen, the species was living among rocks and between the shells of Spondylus. Morphologically, Chlamys multisquamata resembles several Indo-Pacific species that live in coral crevices (see Waller, 1972). The Western At- lantic species is illustrated in Figures 9-11. Living Pecten ziczac was found only in the Shallow Sandy Zone of Harrington Sound, althougli shells of the species are common in other bays such as Ely's Harbor and inner Port Royal Bay. The living habits of F. ziczac are as described by Stanley (1970, p. 140). The scallops live with their riglit valve buried in the sediment to the level of the commissure; a thin layer of sediment covers the upper flat valve; and the only portion visible from above is the ring of extended tentacles. Pecten ziczac is more adept at swimming and does so more readily than Argopecten gibbus. Al- thougli the latter would not swim when sensing the approach of a diver, Pecten would occasionally do so. Other specimens would begin swimming when lifted from the sediment. The animal takes off at a steep angle and then levels out in flights of about 5 seconds duration or longer. Adduction frequency is 48 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) fairly rapid, generally about two claps per second, and flight distances average slightly more than 1 in. Like Argopecten, P. ziczac has a distinct rigliting reaction but because of the flatness of its left valve, righting is accomplished with great difficulty. Studies of three specimens in an aquarium indicated that rigliting begins one or two minutes after over- turning. Rotation is about an axis parallel to the hinge line, generally requiring three or four claps of the valves during rotation. Tlie ability of Pecten ziczac and many other scallops to excavate a shaOow depression in the sediment has been described by Waller (1969, p. 17) and Stanley (1970, P- 140). Anomiidae Collections of Anomia simplex and Pododesmus nulls from Harrington Sound suggest differences in habitat between the two species. Anomia is most abundant in the Shallow Sandy Zone where it attaches to shells and other debris on the sandy substrate. Pododesmus, on the otlier hand, is most abundant in the Oculina Zone, where it attaches to Ocullna and avoids contact with the bottom. In areas on the North American coast, Stanley (1970, p. 144) has observed that A. simplex generally occurs attached to pebbles and debris on a firm substrate where there is a moderate current flow. Limidae Lima lima attaches with a strong byssus beneath rocks in open marine areas and avoids bays and sounds. Gryphaeidae and Ostreidae The listing of Neopycnodonte cochlear is based on a single, eroded riglit valve from the deepest station (Station 39, 51 n^; Figs. 12, 13). The specimen is roughly circular in form, measures 13 mm in diameter, and clearly displays the vesicular shell structure and outer prismatic layer (Fig. 12) that Stenzel (1971, p. 1105) considers to be char- acteristic of the genus. According to Stenzel there is only one living species in the genus, which has a worldwide distribution in tropical and subtropical oceanic waters ranging in depth from 27 to 1,500 m. The familiar Ostrea frons of the West Indian region has been relegated to the genus Lopha and to the synonymy of Ostrea folium Linnaeus by Stenzel (1971, pp. 1024, 1158). Tlie elongate, clasping form associated with Ostrea frons is one of two ecomorphic end members within the species. Al- thougli commonly attributed to growth while at- tached to mangrove roots (Warmke and Abbott, 1954, p. 173), this ecomorph is generally the result of attachment to gorgonacean corals in subtidal habitats. In Harrington Sound (Station 13), the species also cements itself to shells lying on the bottom, in which case it secretes clasps only where the oyster shell overlaps the edge of the shell to which it is attached. As with all oysters, the shape of the attachment surface profoundly affects the shape of the oyster, and those attached to shells are less crenulated and less elongate than those found on gorgonaceans. Condylocardiidae Viviparity is conmion in the superfamily Carditacea (Dall, 1902, p. 696), and Cardltopsls smlthl is no exception. One of the dead but tiglitly closed specimens from Walsingham Pond yielded three articulated prodissoconchs, one of which is illustrated in Figure 19. Large, sculptured, saucer-shaped prodissoconchs, of this type are gen- erally associated with viviparity in several taxonomic groups, as in the genera Condylocardla (Bernard, 1 897, p. 1 70) and Philobrya (Bernard, 1 896, p. 9). Chamidae Certain species of Bermudian chamids are sepa- rated in open marine and partially enclosed en- vironments. Pseudochama radians lives in abundance in the Shallow Sandy Zone of Harrington Sound and also occurs in the Ocullna bed at Station 27 in association with well-developed Chama maccrophylla. Another common chamid in Har- rington Sound is Chama congregata, which is most abundant in the Ocullna Zone. Chama sarda was found only well off-shore, where it was abundant at the three stations deeper than 30 m. The shells of Chama maccrophylla found on the bottom of Walsingliam Pond have extremely heavy and deep left valves and resemble the Chama ber- mudensls described by Heilprin (1889, p. 141) from Harrington Sound. Because these have crenulated inner margins and lack an exterior sulcus, they cannot be considered a subspecies of Chama slnuosa Broderip as in Bayer (1943, p. 122). Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 49 In Table 1 the Chainidae have been placed near the Carditidae rather than near the Lucinidae fol- lowing the convincing evidence of relationships pre- sented by Kennedy, Morris, and Taylor (1970). Crassatellidae FoUovk'iiig the study of Harry (1966), both Crassinella parva (C. B. Adams, 1845) and C. guad- ahipensis (d'Orbigny, 1846) are considered to be junior synonyms of C. Iwndata (Conrad, 1 834). Veneridae The Western Atlantic species of Gouldia are higlily variable and inadequately described. It is curious that G. ceriiia (C. B. Adams, 1845), G. bermudemis (E. A. Smith, 1885), G. imularis (Dall and Simpson, 1901), and G. foresti Fischer-Piette and Testud, 1967, were all described without ade- quate published comparison to other known species. Tliere is no adequate basis for separating G. cerina, G. benmidensis, and G. foresti without an extensive quantitative study of geographical variation; Gouldia insularis appears somewhat more distinct, character- ized by its rounded form and high degree of inflation. None of the numerous Gouldia from the Sub- thermocline Zone of Harrington Sound were alive when collected. All show some deterioration of their aragonitic shells and lack preserved ligaments, although some have traces of pigment remaining (see Notes on Habitats). Gastropoda Rissoidae Alvania platycephala was first described and il- lustrated by Dautzenberg and Fischer (1896, p. 63, plate 19, figs. 12, 13) on the basis of specimens taken from a depth of 1,385 meters in the Azores. The first Bermudian record is that of Verrill and Bush (1900, p. 539), who identified the species from "shell sand" taken from waters less than 15 m deep. Tlieir identification was apparently based on Dautzenberg and Fischer's illustration, and the specimens themselves were evidently not compared. The species was subsequently reported by Piele (1926, p. 77) from an unknown site and by Gould (1968, p. 4) from Walsingliam Pond. These spec- imens, shown here in Figure 21, bear an even closer resemblance to the illustration of Dautzenberg and Fischer than the rather poor line drawing of Verrill and Bush would indicate. Tlie species was found by. us only in Walsingliam Pond (Station 1 1 ), where it is abundant. A second species of Alvania, also reported by Piele (1926, p. 77), is A. pagodula (Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, 1884), originally des- cribed from the Mediterranean and Adriatic. Piele's specimens were more likely Alvania didyma (Wat- son, 1886), which in the present study was taken at depths exceeding 30 m. (Stations 21 and 24, Fig. 20). Turritellidae Gould (1968, p. 4) recognized Vermicularia spirata Philippi, 1836, as the most common moUusk in Walsingham Pond and later (Gould, 1969) studied the ecology and functional significance of uncoiling in the species. In Bermudian waters V. spirata cements itself to a variety of hard substrates but is particularly common in association with the branch- ing coral, Oculina. In Walsingliam Pond there is no development of Oculina, and, as noted by Gould, fewer than 1 percent of the largest Vermicularia present show uncoiling. Instead, individuals live in burrows with their apertures projecting sliglitly above the mud. Specimens of Vermicularia from stations on the open Bermuda Platform have all been identified here with V. knorri (Deshayes, 1843) only because their early whorls are white, rather than tan or brown as in V. spirata. This is a character that some workers believe is genetically significant. However, there are no differences in whorl profile or sculp- ture other than those imposed by differing rates of uncoiling, a process shown by Gould to be en- vironmentally controlled, and it is possible that further study will place V. knorri in the synonymy of K spirata. Caecidae Caecum plicatum Carpenter, 1858, is a senior synonym of Caecum termes Heilprin, 1 889, re- ported by Piele (1926, p. 78) to be the most common Caecum in Bermuda and by Gould (1968, p. 4) to be the most common in Walsingham Pond. Buccinidae All living Colubraria swifti observed in Bermuda (Table 1) were beneath rocks in open marine areas, commonly associated with Barbatia domingensis. 50 THE NAUTILUS ApiU 1973 Vol. 87 (2) TABLE 2. Collecting stations grouped according to general environment or ecological zone. Ecological zones in Harrington Sound follow Neunwnn ( 1 965). Description Harrington Sound. Shallow Sandy Zone Harrington Sound and North Lagoon, Oculina Zone Harrington Sound, Subthermocline Zone Walsingham Pond, muddy bottom Bays and sounds other than Harrington Sound Open platform, sand pockets and patch reefs, 5 to 18 m Open platform, sand pockets, 34 to 51 m Stations 3. 5, 9, 10, 13 2, 7, 27 1, 6 11 14, 17, 20, 29, 30, 31 33, 34b, 35, 36, 37, 38 12, 15, 16, 18, 23,25, 26, 28 21, 24, 39 Polyplacophora Isclmochitonidae Radsiella nigulata (Sowerby, 1832) is a senior synonym of Ischnochiton boogii Haddon, 1886 (Keen, 1971, p. 869), which in turn is a senior synonym of Ischnochiton bermudensis Dall and Bartsch, 1911. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Tlie field portion of this study was carried out at the Bermuda Biological Station for Research, St. George's West. I am grateful to the staff of the Station, particularly Dr. Wolfgang Starrer, Director, and Mr. Brunell Spurling, skipper of the Micmac. Dr. Porter M. Kier, Chairman of the Department of Paleobiology, Smithsonian Institution, kindly per- mitted his assistant, Mr. Tliomas F. Phelan, to accompany me as a companion diver. Both Mr. Phelan and Miss Ellen P. Broudy, my research assistant, ably assisted in the field study. Additional help in Bermuda was received from Dr. J. D. Herkes, Dr. David Pawson, and Mr. Arthur Guest. Assistance in identification was received from Mr. Russell Jensen and Dr. R. T. Abbott, Delaware Natural History Museum; Dr. D. R. Moore, Uni- versity of Miami; Dr. K. J. Boss, Harvard Uni- versity; Dr. Ruth Todd, U. S. Geological Survey, and Drs. J. P. E. Morrison, H. A. Rehder, J. Rosewater, and G. A. Cooper, Smithsonian In- stitution, and Mr. W. G. Lyons, Florida Department of Natural Resources, St. Petersburg. I am grateful to Dr. F. M. Bayer, University of Miami, for the loan of a specimen of Chlamys nndtisquamata, and to Mr. H. R. Bullis, Jr., National Marine Fisheries Service, for permission to study his collections in Pascagoula, Mississippi. Dr. D. R. Moore, Dr. R. T. Abbott, and Mr. R. Jensen read the manuscript and gave many helpful suggestions. Mr. Larry Isham, artist for the Department of Paleobiology, drafted the maps. Funding for travel and field study was through the Department of Paleobiology, Smithsonian Insti- tution, and funding for all other aspects of the work was througli grants to the author from the Smithsonian Research Foundation. LITERATURE CITED Abbott, R. Tucker. 1954. American seashells: Princeton, Van Nostrand Co., 541 p., 40 pis., 100 figs. Adams, C. B. 1845. Synopsis Conchyhorum Jamaicensium, etc. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1, 1845, 17 p. Bayer, F. M. 1943. Tlie Florida species of the family Chamidae. Tlie NautUus, 56 (4): 116-124, pis. 12-15. Bernard, Felix. 1896. Etudes comparatives sur la coquille des lamellibranches. Condylocardia, Jour. ConchyHologie. 44: 169-207, 5 figs., pi. 6. Bernard, F€lix. 1897. Etudes comparatives sur la coquille des lamellibranches. II. Les genres Philobrya et Hochstetteria: Ibid. 45: 5-47, 7 figs., pi. 1. Boss, Kenneth J. 1966. The subfamily Tellininae in the Western Atlantic. The genus Tellina (Part I). Johnsonia 4 (45): 217-272, pis. 127-142, 3 tables. Boss, Kenneth J. 1968. The subfamily Tellininae in the Western Atlantic. The genera Tellina (Part II) and Tellidora. Ibid. 4 (46): 273-344, pis. 143-163. Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 51 Boss, Kenneth J. 1969. The subfamily Tellininae in the Western Atlantic. The genus Strigilla. Ibid. 4 (47): 345-368, pis. 164-171. Boss, Kennetli J. and Donald R. Moore. 1967. Notes on Malleus (Parimalleusj candeanus (d'Orbigny) (Mollusca; Bivalvia). BuU. Mar. Sci. 17 (1): 85-94, 2 figs. Bretsky, Sara S. 1967. Environmental factors in- fluencing the distribution of Barbatia do- mingensis (Mollusca: Bivalvia) on the Bermuda Platform. Postilla, Peabody Museum of Nat. Hist., Yale Univ., no. 108, 14 p., 2 figs., 2 tables. Britton, Joseph Cecil. 1970. The Lucinidae (Mol- lusca: Bivalvia) of the western Atlantic Ocean. Washington, D. C, George Washington Univ., unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, 566 p., 23 pis., 7 tables. Qench, William J. 1942. The genus Conns in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia 1 (6): 40 p., 15 pis. Clench, William J. 1964. The genera Pedipes and Laemondonta in the Western Atlantic. Ibid., vol. 4, no. 42, p. 117-127, pis. 76-79. Clench, William J. and Ruth D. Turner. 1950. The Western Atlantic marine mollusks described by C. B. Adams. Occasional Papers on Mollusks, Mus. of Comparative Zool., Harvard Univ. 1 (15): 233-403, pis. 28-49. Dall, William Healey. 1886. Reports on the results of dredging ... by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake". Report on the Mollusca, Part I - Bracliiopoda and Pelecypoda. BuU. Mus. Com- parative Zool. 12 (6): 173-318, 9 pis. Dall, William Healey. 1 889. A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine ■ mollusks and brachiopods of the southeastern coast of the United States, with illustrations of many of the species. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 37, 232 p., 95 pis. Dall, William Healey. 1902. Synopsis of the Carditacea and of the American species: Proc. Acad. Natural Sci. Pliila. 54: 696-716. Dall, William Healey. 1925. Notes on the nomen- clature of some of our east American species of Pecten with descriptions of new species. Nautilus, vol. 38, no. 4, p. 112-120. Dall, William Healey and Paul Bartsch. 1911. New species of shells from Bermuda. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 40 (1820): 277-288, pi. 35. Dall, William Healey and Charles Torrey Simpson. 1901. The Mollusca of Puerto Rico. U. S. Fish Commission Bull. 1: 351-524, pis. 53-58. Dautzenberg, P., and H. Fischer, 1896. Compagnes scientifiques de S. A. le Prince Albert 1 de Monaco. Dragages effectives par VHirondelle et par \a Princess- Alice , 1885-1895. Mem. de la Soc. Zool. de France 9: 1-104, pis. 15-22. Davis, J. D., 1967. Ervilia concentrica and Meso- desma concentrica. Clarification of synonymy. Malacologia 6 (1-2): 231-241, 1 fig., 2 pis. De Laubenfels, M. W. 1950. An ecological dis- cussion of the sponges of Bermuda. Trans. Zool. Soc. London 27: 155-201, 4 figs. Fischer-Piette, E. and A.-M. Testud. 1967. MoUusques Lamellibranches: Veneridae. Resultats scientifiques de campagnes de la "Calypso", Fas- cicule 8, no. 13, p. 205-220, 4 pis. Gould, Stephen Jay. 1966. Notes on shell mor- phology and classification of the Siliquariidae (Gastropoda). The protoconch and slit of Siliquaria squamata Blainville: Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2263, 13 p., 7 figs., 2 tables. Gould, Stephen Jay. 1968. The moUuscan fauna of an unusual Bermudianpond: A natural experiment in form and composition: Breviora, no. 308, 13 p., 2 figs., 2 tables. Gould, Stephen Jay. 1969. Ecology and functional significance of uncoiling in Vermicularia spirata: An essay on gastropod form. Bull. Marine Sci. 19 (2): 432-445, 3 figs., 1 table. Harry, Harold W. 1966. Studies on bivalve molluscs of the genus Crassinella in the Northwestern Gulf of Mexico: Anatomy, Ecology and Systematics. Publ. Inst. Marine Sci., Texas 11: 65-89, 17 figs. Heilprin, Angelo. 1889. On some new species of Mollusca from the Bermuda Islands. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1889, p. 141, 142, pi. 8. Jackson, Jeremy B. C. 1970. The ecology and paleoecology of near shore tropical Lucinacea (Bivalvia). Geol. Soc. America Abstracts, 2 (7): 586-587. Keen, Angeline Myra. 1971. Sea shells of tropical west America, 2nd Edition. Stanford, California, Stanford Univ. Press., 1,064 p., 22 pis. Kennedy, William James, N. J. Morris and John D, Taylor. 1970. The shell structure, mineralogy and relationships of the Chamacea (Bivalvia). Palaeontology 13, part 3, p. 379-413, 6 figs., pis. 70 - 77. McGinty, Thomas L. 1940. New land and marine Tertiary shells from southern Florida. The Nauti- lus 53 (3): 81-84, pi. 10. 52 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) Moore, Raymond C. (Editor). 1969. Treatise on invertebrate paleontology, Part N, vols. 1 and 2, moUusca 6, bivalvia: Univ. of Kansas and Geol. Soc. Amer., 951 p., illustr. Neumann, A. Conrad. 1965. Processes of recent carbonate sedimentation in Harrington Sound, Bermuda. Bull. Marine Sci. 15: 987-1035, 8 figs., 1 table. Piele, A. J. 1926. The MoUusca of Bermuda. Proc. Malac. Soc. London 17 (2 and 3): 71-98. Smith, Edgar A. 1885. Report on the LameDibranchiata. Report on the scientific re- sults of tlie voyage of the H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76, Zoology 13 (35); 341 p., 25 pis. Stanley, Steven M. 1970. Relation of shell form to life habits in the Bivalvia (MoUusca). Geol. Soc. Amer. Mem. 125. xiii -i- 296 p., 48 figs., 40 pis. Stenzel, H. B. 1971. Oysters: in Raymond C. Moore (Editor), Treatise on invertebrate paleontology, Part N, vol. 3, MoUusca 6, Bivalvia, p. 953-1224, 1 53 figs. Taylor, Dwiglit W. and Norman F. Sohl. 1962. An outline of gastropod classification. Malacologia 1 (1): 7-32, 2 figs. Verrill, A. E. and Katherine J. Bush. 1900. Addi- tions to the marine MoUusca of the Bermudas. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci. 10; 513-544, pis. 63-65. Waller, Tliomas Richard. 1969. Tlie evolution of the Argopecten gibbus stock (MoUusca: Bivalvia), with emphasis on the Tertiary and Quaternary species of eastern North America. Paleont. Soc. Mem. 3 (Jour. Paleont. 43 (5), suppl.), 125 p., 13 figs., 7 pis., 43 tables. WaUer, Thomas Richard. 1972. The Pectinidae (Mol- lusca: Bivalvia) of Eniwetok Atoll, Marshall Is- lands. Veliger 14(3); 221-264, 22 figs., 8 pis., 13 tables. Walton, Anthony W. 1969. Walsingham Pond: A brief study of its sediments and water chemistry. Re- ports of Research, 1968 Seminar on organism-sedi- ment interrelationships, Bermuda Biol. Sta. for Re- search, Special Publ. no. 2: 41-50, 3 figs. Warmke, Germaine L. and R. Tucker Abbott. 1961. Caribbean seashells. Narberth, Pennsylvania, Liv- ingston Publ. Co., 346 p., 44 pis., 34 text-figs. Warmke, Germaine L. and Luis R. Almodovar. 1963. Some associations of marine moUusks and algae in Puerto Rico: Malacologia 1 (2): 163-177, 1 fig., 10 tables. Yonge, C. M. 1968. Form and habit in species of Malleus (including the "hammer oysters") with comparative observations on Isognomon isogno- mon Biol. BuH. 135 (2): 378-405, 13 figs.. 1 table. BOOK REVIEW SHELLS AND SHELL COLLECTING. By S. Peter Dance. 128 pp., 110 photos, 30 in color. Index. HamlynPubl, London, N. Y., Toronto. $4.95. This is one of the more attractive of the recent rash of popular books on conchology. It is well-written, accurate and Ulustrated by excellent photographs. It is an interesting introduction to the major groups of moHusks. shell shapes and colors, the history of shell collecting, rare shells, and man's use of moUusks as food, money and objects of art. Peter Dance has included several accounts new to the popular literature, and has illustrated a number of land and marine shells that previously had not been published in books for the layman. Missing from tills otherwise excellent book on sheU col- lecting are instructions on how to coUect shells and how to clean and preserve them. The art director has reversed the negative on the first double-page spread, thus creating sinistral Nucella dogwinkles. For its low price, this book is a worthwhile pur- chase. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History I Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 53 EVIDENCE FOR SPAWNING BY GONATUS SP. (CEPHALOPODA: TEUTHOIDEA) IN THE HIGH ARCTIC OCEAN Richard Edward Young Department of Oceanography University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822 ABSTRACT A specimen of the squid, Gonatus sp., was captured through an ice hole at 79° 58' N. lat., 170° 23' E. long, (about 500 miles north of Wrangel Island, Siberia) whose condition suggests it had spawned just before its capture on March 30, 1962. The emaciated condition is described in specimens of other Califomian female Gonatus that presumably had spawned just before capture, and a brief review is given of the records of the degeneration and fatal effects from spawning by females in other genera of squid and octopods. The cephalopod fauna of the high Arctic Ocean is poorly known; pelagic cephalopods have been reported only on a few occasions. Berry (1925) described from seal stomachs a small collection of cephalopod beaks, one of which taken at 70°13'N, 140°50'W, probably belongs to a squid. MacGinity (1955) recorded a juvenile and adult Cirroteuthis sp. (finned octopods) that were dip-netted near shore and 3 specimens of Gonatus "fabricii" (72, 63, 59 mm mantle length) that had washed ashore at Pt. Barrow, Alaska. Voss (1967), in a footnote, mentioned the capture of Cir- rothauma (finned octopod) in the high Arctic. The locality of this capture is 86°N, 173°E (Roper and Brundage, 1972). Nesis (1971a) found 2 specimens of Gonatus "fabricii" (175 and 87 mm Mantle Length) in an ice hole at §7°24.2'N, 132°01.5'E and one specimen of G. "fabricii" (130 mm ML) in an ice hole at 80°13.3'N and 143°01'E. He further reports that Gonatus is abundant at the border of the Arctic Basin and the Greenland Sea, particularly young specimens ranging from 30-71 mm ML. The only pelagic cephalopods known from the high Arctic Ocean, therefore, are members of the squid family Gonatidae and two species of finned oc- topods. The squid reported here was captured from ice island Arlis II (Arctic Research Laboratory Ice Station No. 2) in the high Arctic Ocean on March 30, 1962. The squid, alive at the time of capture, was found floating head downward in a hole cut through the ice for hydrographic and plankton studies. DESCRIPTION Since the identity of this specimen is of con- siderable importance but impossible to determine to species at present due to the condition of the animal, a brief description is presented (Fig. 1 & 2). The pen is 210 mm in length. The manfle and fins are gelatinous and flaccid. A well-developed conical "tail" is present posterior to the conus of the pen. In preservation in 70% ethanol the fins measure 102 mm in total length and 145 mm in total width. The fins extend posteriorly along the "tail." The funnel is large and reaches to the level of the midpoint of the eyes. The funnel locking-carti- lages bear simple straight grooves (Fig. 2, F). The dorsal pad of the funnel organ has an inverted V-shape, the anterior half of each limb has low ridges along the lateral margin (Fig. 2, G). A small anterior papilla is present. The ventral pads are smaU and nearly teardrop-shaped with the blunt end anterior. A large funnel valve is present. The head is short and bears large eyes with a distinct sinus on the anterior margin of each eyelid. A nuchal crest with three indistinct pairs of nuchal folds occurs on the head. "Olfactory" lobes lie on the second pair from the funnel on each side. The nuchal cartilage, which is long and sliglitly rounded at either end, bears a median ridge containing a central groove. The arms are gelatinous and relatively short (Arm I = 73 mm. III - 97 mm, IV = 98 mm). A weakly developed aboral keel is present on each arm III and large lateral keels are present on each arm IV. All arms bear very broad, thick, gelatinous trabeculae that are joined by thick, poorly defined protective membranes which converge and conceal the hooks in the distal portion of the arms. The arm tips are not attenuate. The armature of arms I-III consists of two alternating rows of small hooks (Arm I = 42 54 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) hooks, II = 41 hooks, III = 44 hooks). The marginal and terminal rows of suckers are absent and only small grooves indicate their former presence. Suckers are absent from arms IV (Fig. 2, B). The tenta - cles have been lost except for rounded stubs. The specimen is a female. Oviducal and nidamental glands are slightly swollen (lengths: 28 mm and 14 mm respectively). The ovary is rather small but still contains many elongate immature ova and a few scattered, larger sperical ova of various sizes, the largest of which measures about 1.5 mm in diameter. The radula (Fig. 2, C) contains only five teeth in a transverse series. The rachidian tooth has a short central cusp and two small lateral cusps. The first lateral teeth are absent. The second laterals have broad bases each with a rather blunt medial cusp. Marginal plates are absent. The beaks (Fig. 2, D) are heavily pigmented. The lower mandible shows a faint ridge on the lamella. Many sperm reservoirs are attached to the inner wall of the buccal membrane. Although the generic boundaries in the family Gonatidae appear to be somewhat indistinct (Okiyama, 1969; Fields & Gauley, 1971; Nesis, 1971b), this specimen clearly belongs within the genus Gonatus sensu stricto as indicated by the presence of a tail extending beyond the gladius, tentacle stubs and a radula with only five teeth. DISCUSSION The following evidence suggests that the spec- imen has recently spawned: 1. The specimen had mated as indicated by the presence of sperm reservoirs (discharged spermatophores) embedded in the buccal membrane. 2. The nidamental and oviducal glands are of intermediate size (i. e. these glands are larger than would be expected in immature specimen but much smaller than would be expected in a gravid specimen. 3. The ovary is almost totally depleted of mature ova. 4. The specimen has undergone degeneration as indicated by the gelatinous nature of the muscular tissues and the loss of suckers from all arms, as well as the loss of the tentacles. The features which typify spent females are not well-known. In order to confirm the above list as characteristic of spent females of the family Gonatidae, I have examined the extensive col- lections of cephalopods at the University of South- em California for females that appear to have recently spawned. Four species of Gonatus are found in the waters off southern California; females of three species were found which appear to have spawned. Gonatus pyros Young, 1972. Two specimens, 135 mm pen length (P. L.) and 130 mm pen length, easUy identified by the presence of a large oval photophore on the ventral surface of each eye, showed extreme signs of degeneration. In con- sistency they are flaccid and gelatinous which con- trast strongly wdth the muscular condition of im- mature specimens. Tentacles are absent except for small stubs. All arm suckers are absent; small poc- kets or shght puckerings of the skin on the gela- tinous trabeculae mark the spots where the suckers had once been. The nidamental glands in both specimens are considerably larger ( 30 and 25 mm) than one would expect to find in a large immature specimen. The oviducal glands are fairly large (22 and 16 mm). In both cases the ovary is small and filled with small, deteriorated eggs. In one specimen a mature egg which was presumably dis- lodged from the oviducal gland during dissection was found in the mantle cavity. No other eggs were found in the oviducal glands or oviducts. The mature egg, oval in shape, measures 3 mm long by 1.7 mm at the widest point. The deteriorating eggs are sliglitly more than .5 mm in length. A number of sperm reservoirs were found attached to the buccal membrane. Clusters of small oval vesicles also were found in the buccal membrane; broad funnel-shaped ducts connected the clusters to the oral surface of the buccal membrane (one funnel per cluster). Presumably these are organs for storing sperm. All of the vesicles examined appear to be empty. Gonatus berryi Naef. 1923. A single female (185 mm P. L), tentatively identified as this species on the basis of the massive size of the arms, showed evidence of having spawned. In most respects the features of this specimen are the same as in G. pyros. Tlie consistency is gelatinous; suckers are absent; the ventral arms are completely bare and the tentacles are absent. Tlie buccal membrane lacks sperm reservoirs but most of the membrane is Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 55 missing. Nidamental and oviducal glands are some- what enlarged (35 mm and 25 mm respectively). (For comparison, nidamental and oviducal glands of an immature specimen (103 mm P. L.) measured 5 and 4 mm respectively). The ovary is small but has a large number of small, elongate immature ova. Interspersed among these cells are a number of spherical, pale orange ova in various stages of ma- turity, the largest of which is about 3.5 mm in diameter. Gcmatus onyx Young, 1972. One presumably spent female has tentatively been identified to this species, primarily on the basis of body proportions. This specimen is somewhat different than the others; the tissues are much firmer and more mus- cular but still not as muscular as in an immature specimen of this species. Both tentacles are missing and suckers are absent from the dorsal three pairs of arms. The ventral arms are bare except for a few suckers at the arm bases. The nidamental and / ..-'ft;®;'/'.'/'- ■'■■ ' ■ •V,.'; FIG. 1. Gonatus sp. from the Arctic Ocean. A, Ventral view; B, Dorsal view. 56 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) oviducal glands are somewhat enlarged (34 mm and 22 mm respectively). A small portion of the buccal membrane is missing; the remaining portion is strewn with sperm reservoirs and some of these are attached to the bases of the arms. The ovary is somewhat larger than in the other species and is packed with long (about 1 mm in length), slender immature eggs with a few larger orange, sperical, partically mature eggs (1 mm diam.) interspersed. Apparently a larger percentage of the eggs of this specimen failed to mature completely before spawn- ing. These three species of Gonatus correspond rather closely in their appearance with the specimen from the Arctic Ocean. All show similar signs of degen- eration, and comparable conditions of the ovary, oviducal and nidamental glands; and several have sperm reservoirs stOl attached to the buccal mem- brane. The evidence strongly suggests that all of these specimens are spent females. Relatively little information is in the hterature regarding the degeneration effects related to spawn- ing in squids. Fields (1965) showed that the mantle of spent females of Loligo opalescens decreased greatly in thickness and girth and he concluded that the mantle is the chief site for storing food reserves consumed during the spawning period. He also noted that oviducal and nidamental glands decreased greatly in size after spawning but were still rela- tively larger than these glands in immature females. In an immature female (ML 87 mm) he found that the nidamental gland was 0.6% of the total body weiglit. In a mature female (ML 151 mm) the nidamental gjand was 22.8% of the body weiglit while in a spent female (ML 151 mm) the figure was 5%. McGowan (1954) observed a mass mortality of the squid Loligo opalescens following copulation and spawning. He noted that in the dead and dying squid that the mantles were thin and limp. Sasaki, 1913 (according to Hamabe, 1963) found that in the squid, Watasenia scintillam, males die after mating in off-shore waters while females die after spawning in coastal waters. Hamabe (1963) noted that the cuttlefish Sepia esculenta apparently dies after spawning. For Todarodes pacificus, Hamabe (1963) found that in females with a reduced num- ber of eggs in the ovary the mantle was thin and flabby, the liver was reduced in size and firmness and the stomach walls were thin and flabby. These animals had large numbers of eggs in the oviducts and Hamabe assumed that they had not yet spawned but were about to do so. It has been thought for many years that Octopus dies after brooding its eggs (Nixon, 1969). Recently W. Van Heukelem (in press) has noted rather rapid degenerative changes occurring in the muscles of female octopods in aquaria upon completion of the brooding period and just prior to death. The evidence suggests that degeneration and death foUowing spawning by female squid is a common if not universal phenomenon, and that the same situation occurs in octopods although delayed to the end of the brooding period (See also dis- cussion in Arnold, in press). Presumably the Arctic specimen had spawned and was about to die when captured. Spawning therefore probably occurred near March 30 and about 79°58' N lat. and 170°23'E long., the time and place of capture. This point is over water 2655 m deep in the Hyperborean Basin of the Arctic Ocean. No information is available on the amount of time which passes from spawning to hatching in any gonatid. It is also not known whether gonatids lay pelagic or benthic egg masses. Nesis (1971a) estimates that the young specimens of Gonatus from the northern Norwegian Sea hatched in April or May. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank the following people for reading and commenting on the manuscript: J. Arnold, Pacific Biomedical Research Center; M. Nixon, University College London; M. Okiyama, Japan Sea Reg. Fish- eries Res. Lab. Niigata; W. VanHeukelem and J. McMahon, University of Hawaii. Tlie squid was collected througli a program supported by NONR 228(19), NR 307-270 Office of Naval Research contract with the University of Southern California - work being pursured now under Dr. Hector Fer- nandez: contract NOOO14-67-A-0269-0013 NR 307-270. I also thank Mrs. Constance McSweeny for preparing the illustrations. LITERATURE CITED Arnold, J. M. 1972. Cephalopoda, Decapoda. In: Reproduction of Marine Invertebrates. Giese, A. and J. Pierce, edit.. Academic Press, In press. Berry, S. S, 1925. The Cephalopoda collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. Rept. Can. Artie Exped. 1913-18, 8(B): 3-8. Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 57 Fields, G. 1965. The structure, development, food relations, reproduction, and life history of the squid Loligo opaleseens Berry. Fish Bull. 131, 1-108. Fields, W. G. and V. A. Gauley. 1971. Preliminary description of an unusual gonatid squid (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida) from the North Pa- cific. Jour. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 28(11): 1796-1801. FIG. 2. Gonatus sp. from the Arctic Ocean. A, Left third arm; B, Left ventral arm; C, Radula; D, Beaks; E, Large arm hook; F, Funnel-locking cartilage; G, Funnel organ. 58 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) Hamabe, M. 1963. Exhaustion process of the genital organs of common squid, Ommastrephes sloani pacificus. Bull. Japan Sea Reg. Fish. Res. Lab. 11: 1-11 [in Japanese] . MacGinitie, G. E. 1955. Distribution and ecology of the marine invertebrates of Point Barrow, Alaska. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 128(9): 1-201. McGowan, J. A. 1954. Observations on the sexual behavior and spawning of the squid Loligo opalescens at La Jolla, California. Calif. Fish Game 40: 47-54. Naef, A. 1923. Die Cephalopoden. Systematik. Fauna u. Flora Neapel, Monogr. 35, 1(1): 149-863. Nesis, K. N. 1971a. The squid Gonatiis fabricii at the center of the Arctic Basin. Hydrobio. Jour. 7(1); 93-96 [in Russian]. Nesis, K. N. 1971b. The family Gonatidae - abund- ant squids of the North Pacific (their dis- tribution, ecology, system and phylogeny). Fourth Meeting of Investigation of Molluscs, Academy of Sciences, U. S. S. R., Zoological Institute, pp. 63-65 [in Russian]. Nixon, M. 1969. The hfespan of Octopus vulgaris Lamarck. Proc. Malac. Soc. London 38: 529-540. Okiyama, M. 1969. A new species of Gonatopsis from the Japan Sea, with the record of a spec- imen referable to Gonatopsis sp. Okutani, 1967 (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida, Gonatidae). Pub. Seto Mar. BioL Lab. 17(1): 19-32. Roper, C. F. E. and W. L. Brundage, Jr. 1972. Cirrate octopods with associated deep-sea or- ganisms: new biological data based on deep benthic photographs. Smithson. Contr. Zool. No. 121: 1-46. Sasaki, N. 1913. Ecology of hotaru-ika (Watasenia scintillans (Berry)). Zool. Mag. 30(302): 581-590. Van Heukelem, W. 1972. Life span of Octopus cyanea Gray. Jour. Zool. (London), in press. Voss, G. L. 1967. The biology and bathymetric distribution of deep-sea cephalopods. Studies in Tropical Oceanography, Miami 5: 511-535. Young, R. E. 1972. The systematics and areal distribution of the cephalopods from the seas off southern California. Smithson. Contr. Zool., No. 97: 1-159. BOOK REVIEW SEA SHELLS OF TROPICAL WEST AMERICA. Marine Mollusks from Baja California to Peru. Second Edition. By A. Myra Keen; with assis- tance by James H. McLean, xvi + 1064 pp., 4000 illus., 22 pages in color. Index. Stanford Uni- versity Press, Stanford, Calif. 1971. $29.50. It seems almost superfluous to recommend this classic compendium to both professional and amateur students of the tropical West American marine mollusk fauna. The second and greatly en- larged edition is the labor of love of A. Myra Keen and a number of her able associates, such as James H. McLean who undertook the herculean task of organizing the section on the Turridae and most of the Archaeogastropoda. Twila Bratcher and Robert Burch contributed the revision of the Terebridae; Eugene Coan and Barry Roth, the Marginellidae; and Spencer Thorpe, the chitons. Over 3,325 species are included, most of which are well-illustrated and accompanied by succinct descriptions, ranges, and synonyms. The updated bibliography is one of the most complete ever assembled for the mollusks of a major marine province. The index, a measure of the magnitude of the book, contains over 7,000 scientific entries. A bonus comes to the users of the book in the form of a good glossary, a geographical guide to and a series of maps of the area, and tables for fath- om-meter-feet conversion. A very welcome addition is a fairly full treat- ment of the known nudibranchs, thanks to the efforts of Jame Lance. This rapidly growing subfield of malacology has been greatly stimulated by the inclusion of these shell-less orphans of conchology. Twelve new plates of stunning color photographs of 72 living mollusks add to the beauty and use- fulness of this remarkable faunal guide. In the face of such a huge, meticulous and detailed documentation, one cannot resist repeating Dr. Keen's quote from another woman writer, George Eliot; "Why, you might take up some light study - conchology now; I always thought that must be a liglit study." R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Vol. 87 (2) THE NAUTILUS 59 SHORT PAPERS RANGE EXTENSIONS OF CORBICULA MANILENSIS (PHILIPPI) IN THE ATLANTIC DRAINAGE OF THE UNITED STATES Samuel L. H. Fuller and Charles E. Powell, Jr. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, U. S. A. ABSTRACT Corbicula manilensis (Philippi) is newly recorded from the Savannah, Pee Dee, and Delaware river systems in the Atlantic drainage of the United States. In a recent issue of this journal, Sickel (1973, The Nautilus, 87 (1); 11-12) discussed the appear- ance of Corbicula manilensis (Philippi) in the Altamaha river system of Georgia, where this Asian species was first detected in 1971. According to the age of Sickel's oldest material, establishment of Corbicula in this system had probably occurred as early as 1968. "It will be only a matter of time [Sickel concluded] before Corbicula moves north- ward to inhabit the remainder of the Southern Atlantic Slope region." To the probable detriment of the native Atlantic drainage benthos, that time is come. Several living Corbicula were taken 20 September 1972 by Dr. Selwyn S. Roback and one of us (SLHF) from the Savannah River, about 9 miles northeast of Milhaven, Screven County, Georgia. The specimens lived in shifting sand on a bar at the mouth of an enormous slough; none was found at depths greater than about 1 foot of water. Visits to this locality in 1971 had failed to produce Corbicula, but this material falls into at least two size classes, and, at 20.0 mm in length, the largest individual may have been in its second year of life. During the previous week (12 September), Mr. C. Kirkland Dunlap, Jr., and one of us (SLHF) had found one living Corbicula and several "gapers" in the Pee Dee River, about 3 miles southeast of Society Hill, Darlington County, South Carohna. At this point the Pee Dee floor is chiefly of hard clay, with pockets of sand, which drifts in from springs along the river margin. The living specimen was found on bare clay in a few inches of water. The largest individual (a gaper) measures 28.5 mm in length, shows extensive erosion at the beaks, and appears to have reached at least two years of age. During September and October, 1972, one of us (CEP) found Corbicula at numerous localities in the Delaware River between Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Trenton, New Jersey. The species was common in no more than 1 8 inches of water on a variety of substrates, primarily muds and fine gravels. The largest individual collected is 16.5 mm in length and appears to have been in its second year. Thus Corbicula has now invaded the Savannah, Pee Dee, and Delaware river systems, in each case probably as eariy as 1971. Sickle argued per- suasively that the species reached the Altamaha system from the Apalachicola river system of the eastern Gulf of Mexico drainage by means of man's inadvertent carriage overland. We, on the other hand, have no evidence which would incriminate any given vehicle in the rapid and far-reaching dispersal of Corbicula recorded here. • STREAM POLLUTION REPORTED 104 YEARS AGO "In the Erie Canal, Anodonta Lewisii Lea, for- merly very abundant, is now quite scarce, prob- ably on account of chemical contamination from the gas works and armory at Uion, a mile and a half west from Mohawk" [N.Y.] . - James Lewis, M.D., Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 4, p. 245, 1869. • JUNE A. M. U. MEETING PLANS COMPLETE Delaware will be the site of the 39th Annual Meeting of the American Malacologjcal Union from Monday, June 25, through Thursday, June 28, 1973. The main meetings will be held at the new air-conditioned conference center on the campus of the University of Delaware, Newark, Del. On Tues- day there will be a guided tour of the Delaware Museum of Natural History, with special films and additional A. M. U. papers being given there. Pro- spective new A. M. U. members are also welcome, and are asked to send their annual dues ($4.00 per person and $1.00 for an additional family member) to obtain registration and dormitory reservation forms from Mrs. Marian S. Hubbard 3957 Marlow Court, Seaford, New York 11783. 60 THE NAUTILUS April 1973 Vol. 87 (2) EMARGINULA DENTIGERA HEILPRIN, 1889, A LITTORAL MOLLUSK Margaret C. Teskey P. 0. Box 273 Big Pine Key, Florida 33043 From more than sixty shallow water stations in the Florida Keys, both reef and shore, no specimen of Emarginula was collected until a colony was dis- covered in 1972 at the north (GulQ end of Big Pine Key. Here the live mollusks cUng to slab limestone rubble that was pushed into the water to form a nar- row, sloping shore when a bordering road was con- structed two years ago. They occur occasionally at tide line but are most abundant at the two-foot depth. Density of population may be judged by the fact that on about fifty feet of shore, one hundred specimens were taken by one collector in less than an hour. Only Aaiiaea pustulata (Helbling) is more numerous at the site. Identification was made by Dr. R. Tucker Abbott who remarked ( in litt.) that althougli Emarginula dentigera has been considered an ecological form of E. pumila A. Adams (Farfante, 1947), he is inclined to recognize it as a valid species. E. pumila is reported as extremely variable in size and shape; The Big Pine Key shells are remarkably uniform, high-spired and somewhat narrow. Adults vary little from a length of 6 to 7 mm,, width 4 mm., height 3 mm. The apical whorls form a definite hook at about 2/3 of the posterior length of the shell; color chalky-white or FIGS. Emarginula dentigera /ye(7pn», 1889, from Big Pine Key, Monroe Co., Florida. X5. stained green; interior glossy; sculpture of 18 to 26 radial ribs of varying size and of numerous, smaller concentric threads, giving a slightly cancellate appear- ance. Emarginula dentigera Heilprin, 1 889, was original- ly described from Bermuda, as was its synonym, E. pileum Heilprin, 1 889. LITERATURE CITED Farfante, Isabel Perez, 1947. Johnsonia, 2, (24): 107-109. Heilprin, A. 1889. On Some New Species of Mollusca from the Bermuda Islands, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1889: 141-142, pL 8, figs. 6 and 7. • New Council of Systematic Malacologists On November 17, 1972, a group of 11 American malacologjcal systematists, representing some of the leading moUusk collections in the country, gathered at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to form a "CouncU of Systematic Malacologists." The purposes of this organization are 1 ) to prepare recom- mendations concerning standards and techniques of collection management for malacological resources; and 2) to define the goals and priorities of malaco- logy. Working subgroups were appointed to prepare recommendations concerning: 1) Compatible EDP (electronic data processing) and curatorial programs for use by malacologists in collection management and research; 2) Articulation of national goals for malacological research; 3) Coordination of specimen acquisition policies for malacological collections; 4) Preparation of position papers outlining priority programs for malacology. Membership to the Council is open to all profes- sional persons in the Americas who use or manage systematic malacological resources. Further informa- tion may be obtained from the Chairman of the Steering Committee, Dr. Alan Solem, Dept. of Zoology, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, 111. 60605. It is hoped that other institutions and their managerial malacologists will be added to the initial participants: Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.; Delaware Mus. Nat. Hist.; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. (Chicago); Los Angeles Co. Mus. Nat. Hist.; Mus. Comp. Zool. at Harvard; National Mus. Canada (Ottawa); Nat. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Wash., D.C.); Ohio State Univ. Mus.; Nat. Hist. Mus. San Diego; Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich. INFORMATION FOR SUBSCRIBERS The annual subscription rate for The Nautilus is $7.00 for individuals and $1 2.00 for institutions (do- mestic or foreign). Subscriptions may be commenced in January when a new volume begins. Send check or money order to "The Nautilus" to Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager, 1 1 Chelten Road, Haver- town, Pa. 19083. Back issues from volume 72 to date are obtainable from the Business Manager. Volumes 1 through 71 (if available) may be obtained in reprint or original form from Kraus Periodicals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017. Advertising rates may be obtained from the Business Manager or Editor. CONTRIBUTORS Manuscripts: Authors are requested to follow the recommendations of the Style Manual for Biological Journals, which may be purchased from the American Institute of Biological Sciences, 2000 "P" Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036. Manuscripts should be typewritten and doublespaced; original and one copy are required, to facilitate reviews. Tables, numbered in arable, should be on separate pages, with the title at the top. Legends to photographs should be typed on separate sheets. Explanatory terms and symbols within a drawing should be neatly printed, or they may be pencilled in on a translucent overlay, so that the printer may set them in 8 pt. type. There is a charge of 50 cents per word for this extra service. All authors or their institutions will be charged 50 cents per line of tabular material and taxonomic keys. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $32 per printed page. An abstract should accompany each paper. Reprints and covers are available at cost to authors. When proof is returned to authors, information about ordering reprints will be given. They are obtained from the Economy Printing Co., Inc., R. D. 3, Box 169, Easton, Maryland 21601. JULY, 1973 THE NAUTILUS ;ie=B!-J Vol. 87 No. 3 A quarterly devoted to malacology and the interests of conchologists Founded 1889 by Henry A. Pilsbry. Continued by H. Burrington Baker. Editors: R. Tucker Abbott and Charles B. Wurtz O EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. Department of Mollusks National Museum of Canada Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A-0M8 Dr. WUliam J. Clench Curator Emeritus Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. €2 138 Dr. William K. Emerson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 10024 Mr. Morris K. Jacobson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 1 0024 Dr. Aurele La Rocque Department of Geology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. James H. McLean Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, California 90007 Dr. Arthur S. Merrill Biological Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service Oxford, Maryland 21654 Dr. Donald R. Moore Division of Marine Geology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 1 0 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 Dr. Joseph Rosewater Division of Mollusks U. S. National Museum Washington, D.C. 20560 Dr. G. Alan Solem Department of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois 60605 Dr. David H. Stansbery Museum of Zoology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. Ruth D. Turner Department of Mollusks Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02138 Dr. Gilbert L. Voss Division of Biology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 10 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 EDITORS Dr. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 Dr. Charles B. Wurtz 3220 Penn Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19129 Mrs. Horace B. Baker Business and Subscription Manager 1 1 Chelten Road Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 OFFICE OF PUBLICATION Delaware Museum of Natural History Kennett Pike, Route 52 Box 3937, GreenvUle, Delaware 19807 Second Class Postage paid at Wilmington, Delaware Subscription Price: $7.00 (see Inside back cover) THE NAUTILUS Volume 87, number 3 - July 1973 CONTENTS Ronald P. Thomas and Lee Opresko Observations on Ocropus joiibim: Four Laboratory Reared Generations 61 Dorothea S. Franzen Oxyloma dcprimida, a New Species of Succineidae (Pulmonata) 66 David Nicol and Graig D. Shaak Late Eocene Distribution of the Pelecypod Exputens in Southeastern United States 72 John N. Kraeuter Notes gn Mollusics Ostrea and Siphonaria from Georgia (U.S.A.) 75 Maria Luiza S. Mello and Marlene T. Ueta Observations by Polarized Liglit on the Radula of Aplexa marmorata 79 Alan K. Craig A New Record for Liginis: The Boynton Beach Colony 83 Stuart A. Harris PisiJium heiisluwanwu (Sheppard) in Western Canada 86 James T. Carlton Corbicula in San Francisco, California 87 Robert Robertson Cyclostremella: A Planispiral Pyramidellid 88 Donald R. Shasky Obituary of G. Bruce Campbell, M.D 89 Frank Perron and Thomas Probert Vivipanis malleatus in New Hampshire 90 Book Reviews (of) Tom Rice, 77; J. C. Bequaert and W. B. Miller, 78; Recent Publications, 74. J.ne iJneU Cabinet Successor to : Richard E. Petit and John Q. Burch OLIVE SHELLS OF THE WORLD SPECIMEN SHELLS NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS ROWLAND F. ZEIGLEK HUMBERT a PORRECA International Directory of Conchologists - $3.00 A current worldwide list of 2,000 people interested in mollusks and in exchanging shells. Gives addresses and interests. Available only from The Shell Cabinet. Olive Shells of the World bv Zeigler and Porreca - $12.95 13 full-page color plates illustrating over 150 species and named varieties. The only current treatment of the popular family. Clothbound. Available from your book store or directly from us. } Other Recently Published Shell Books Available I Post Office Box 29. Falls Church, Virginia 22046 A Rare Callectar^s I town . now available at a startlingly low price! Now only $n.7'> (formerly $30.00) The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries, scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's 1834 and 1841 classic, together with the original text and a modern analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora NfcMillan. Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12 inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your favorite book dealer or directly from the Delaware Museum of Natural History Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A. INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA MONOGRAPHS OF THE MARINE MOLLUSKS OF THE WORLD WITH EMPHASIS ON THOSE OF THE TROPICAL WESTERN PACIFIC AND INDIAN OCEANS The most technical and most beautifully illustrated journal now being published on Recent and Tertiary marine mollusks. Over 20 professional malacologists are currently contributing. Edited by R. Tucker Abbott. Among the groups treated are Strombidae, Cassidae, Tridacnidae, Turridae, Littorinidae. Phasianelhdae, and, soon to come. Patellidae, Harpidae and Mitridae. Issued to date in looseleaf form with three sturdy, permanent binders — 1100 pages, 810 plates (31 in full color). Limited number of complete .sets left, $91.90 U.S. (foreign: $94.00), postage paid. Any number of extra binders available at $6.00. Published by The Delaware Museum of Natural History, Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 U.S.A. VI Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 61 OBSERVATIONS ON OCTOPUS JOUBINI: FOUR LABORATORY REARED GENERATIONS' Ronald F. Thomas and Lee Opresko University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, Miami, Florida 33149 ABSTRACT Four consecutive generations of Octopus joubini Robson were reared in the laboratory. Spawning occurred at 4-5 months after hatching. At 27-29° C, development of the eggs was completed in 34-42 days. Fiddler crabs /'Uca spp.j were used almost exclusively for food, although other animals were also presented to the octopods. Results indicate that there are probably two generations of 0. joubini per year in the field. INTRODUCTION Few laboratory studies have been carried out on the life history of octopods. Discussion of hatching and rearing of the fry of sepioid squids were presented by Choe and Oshima (1963), Choe (1966). Schroder (1969a, b) and Boletzky et al. (1971). The loliginid squids Sepioteuthis sepioidea and Doryteuthis plei were discussed by LaRoe (1971). Wolterding (1971) reared Octopus briareus from egg to maturity and Arnold et al. (1972) have reared Euprymna scolopes. Owing to their accessibility and relative hardi- ness in aquaria, some shallow water octopods, and particularly species of Octopus, have been studied. Octopus vulgaris was used extensively by J.Z. Young in his classic series of experiments on learning and behavior. Nixon (1969) studied the rate of growth of O. vulgaris kept in the laboratory. Boletzky (1969) studied the early development of O. vulgaris, O. joubini and O. briareus. In the same year Boletzky and Boletzky reported on the first success in raising O. joubini to maturity in the laboratory. From one brood of about 50 eggs collected in the field, one female survived to maturity and spawned about S^A. months after hatching. 'Contribution No. 1592 from the University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmos- pheric Science. This work was supported in part by National Science Foundation grant GB-24994X. Octopus joubini is a species of small octopus which is found in shallow waters along the west coast of Florida and the northwestern Caribbean. Its small size (about 10 cm. in total length at maturity) makes it well-suited for laboratory culture. The present paper reports on four genera- tions of 0. joubini reared in laboratory. Observa- tions on culture, feeding, brooding and life span are given. METHODS AND MATERIALS This study was begun in February 1971 and is still in progress. The octopods were maintained in aquaria of 5-, 10-, and 20-gallon capacities and FIG. 1. Adult male Octopus joubini //; aquarium. Natural size. Photo by Dennis Opresko. 62 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) FIG. 2. Eggs being brooded by female 0. joubini on inside of empty flower pot. x I'A. Photo by Dennis Opresko. supplied with running sea water piped from Biscayne Bay. The bay water was first passed through settling tanks and was then filtered througlr a series of gravity-fed compound filters containing layers of CaCO pebbles and sand and glass wool. With this system, adequate water quality and aeration for the survival of the octopods was maintained. Additional aeration was provided by means of a mechanical pump as a safeguard against water stagnation due to possible blockage of the filters and subsequent loss of water flow. The initial brood and female were obtained from inside a bottle found in shallow water of about 1-2 meters at Key Biscayne, Miami, Florida. The newly-hatched animals were supplied refuge by astro turf floating on the water-surface. After 4 weeks, flower pots, rocks and shells were provided for the animals. Mature females would readily deposit eggs in the flower pots. Octopus joubini attaches each egg individually to the substrate. After hatching, the attachment point of the egg on the substrate can be seen as a dark spot; this permitted the estimation of the size of the brood. For the first several days after hatching, the octopods were still receiving nourishment from the internal yolk sac and would not feed. During the following 2 to 3 weeks, the juveniles would not accept live ilea as food and were individually fed daily. A segment of a Uca appendage placed in contact with the octopus was usually seized and eaten. After several weeks, the young animals accepted live Uca of appropriate size. The water level was kept several inches below the tops of the aquaria to discourage animals from crawling out of the tanks. This method was found to be successful for this species. OBSERVATIONS At an early age O. joubini selected a home site, either in a flower pot or in a rock crevice. Seven adult octopods, each provided with a suitable refuge and placed together in a 20-gallon aquari- um, did not display any territorial aggressive behavior. Under these conditions no deaths in any aquaria were considered to be caused by other octopuses. The animals consumed a considerable amount of food (Uca). The young octopods successfully attacked crabs equal to or larger than themselves. They were strongly nocturnal, remaining in crev- ices during the day and searching for food at night. If a liglit were turned on at niglit while an octopus was feeding, it would drop the partially consumed crab and return to its den. It would later attack another Uca rather than continue to feed on the dead, half-eaten crab. In table 1. temperatures in the aquaria are given. Small fluctuations of aquarium temperatures (from 1-2 C) tended to reflect those of the room rather than those of the field, but in general, aquarium temperatures were comparable to those in the field. Fj GENERATION The F generation hatched on 13 February 1971. The newly hatched animals grew slowly, probably because of an inadequate supply of food. The most critical stage in rearing O. joubini occurs between 2 and 21 days of age, since the animals would not attack live food. Consequently this is the time during which the higliest mortality occurred. Later mortalities usually occurred when the sea water system became blocked and addi- tional aeration was not used. As the water in the tank began to foul, the animals responded by leaving their dens and moving to the water surface. Three F females laid eggs 4'/i months after hatching, all within several days of each other. Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 63 Thus the maturation ot~ laboratory-raised O. joii- bini was sutTiciently rapid to allow two genera- tions to be completed within a year. One female laid about 40 eggs. The length of these eggs (7.6 mm.) did not differ significantly from measurements reported in the literature (8.0-8.5 mm.) by Boletzky (1969). Once the eggs were laid, the female remained with them until they hatched. Her arms continu- ously swept over the eggs to remove detritus that settled on them. She would not leave the eggs to feed. If a crab entered the octopus' den while she was brooding eggs, she would generally attack and consume it. Due to the higli density of crabs in each tank, females were able to feed while brooding. Although it is generally believed that the female octopus dies soon after the eggs hatch, this did not always occur in the laboratory, probably due to the availabihty of food during brooding. At 27-30°C, hatching occurred within 34-42 days, usually at niglit. Near the time of hatching, mechanical stimulation caused by examining the eggs resulted in premature hatching of some eggs. Although these octopods hatched prematurely, they were still able to survive. The females did not lay a second brood of eggs. After the eggs hatched both males and females showed a reduction in feeding intensity (the animals now fed sporadically rather than regularly). At about 6 months of age the F males and females began to die. The mortality rate steadily increased so that by 8 months of age about 50% adult mortality was attained. Old, dying O. joubini typically stopped feeding and abandoned their dens. They often sat on the floor or sides of the aquarium, slowly coiling and uncoiling their arms in an uncoordinated manner. F^ GENERATION Eggs were laid by F females on 23 June 1971. The F generation hatched between 34 and 42 days later. Growth of these animals was similar to that stated for the F generation. Egg laying by F^ females began at the end of November, indicating that this generation reached maturity in about 4 months. The water temperature in the aquaria during the development of the F genera- tion was 27-29°C, about 1-3°C higher than the temperature during the development of the first generation. TABLE 1. Temperature values (°Cj measured in the aquaria. Date 21 July 1971 28 July 3 August 10 August 16 August 24 August 31 August 7 September 1 1 September 20 September 24 September 30 September Temp (°C) 28.9 28.2 29.0 27.8 27.1 29.0 27.8 26.7 27.0 27.0 27.0 27.0 FIG. 3. Young O. joubini in typical posture, x 2. Photo by M. Wolterding. 64 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) TABLE 2. Dates of hatching o/ Octopus joubini eggs laid 23 June 1971. Water temperatures: 27-29° C. Date 27 July 28 No. eggs hatched 8 5 29 4 30 8 31 1 1 Auglist 2 1 1 3 0 4 0 5 4 6 2 Fj GENERATION Approximately 95 eggs were laid by one of the F females. Hatching of these eggs began on 26 December 1971. At the end of six weeks. 52 young were still alive. This generation was raised very successfully, and about 42 animals reached maturity, with 1 5 females laying broods of eggs. The size of the F animals was quite small (average mantle length of 5 males: 26.7 mm.; of 5 females: 21.9 mm.). We feel that stunting occurred as a result of crowded conditions in the aquaria. Inadequate food may have been a contributing factor during the early growth period. Egg-laying began at AVi months (15 May 1972) even in the small females, althougli the number of eggs per brood was low. It is interesting to note that O. joubini in Biscayne Bay, Florida, were also observed to have eggs at the same time as the F^ females (James Espy, personal communication). F GENERATION 4 These octopuses began to hatch on 20 June 1972 and hatching continued to the middle of July. A culture of brine shrimp (Artemia salina) was established and maintained in an attempt to replace the individual feeding of each juvenile octopus. For this experiment, octopuses between 1 and 7 days old were supplied with brine shrimp of various sizes, excluding newly hatched brine shrimp. The brine shrimp were placed in the tank with the octopus at 4:00 PM daily and the running water was turned off. The Artemia were observed to swim slowly around the tank, during which time they often came in contact with an octopus. Many times brine shrimp were seen to crawl under the octopus. Instead of seizing the brine shrimp, the octopus blanched, inked and swam away. Brine shrimp held with forceps and presented to the octopus were rejected. One octopus, presented with brine shrimp in this manner, accepted the food after many trials and was later observed to capture live Artemia. This procedure unfortunately met with little success and it became necessary to resume the hand feeding. The number of F juveniles that hatched could not be accurately estimated because many were able to hide in the rocks that were provided for the adults. About 70 were isolated and placed in separate aquaria of 3- to 5-gallon capacity. One month after the initial hatching occurred 15 of the largest F O. joubini were placed in a single 20-gallon aquarium and were fed exclusively with live Uca spp. The small individuals which remained in the 3- to 5-gallon aquaria were fed pieces of Uca appendages and were also provided with suitably-sized live Uca. DISCUSSION Boletzky & Boletzky (1969) were able to raise one female Octopus joubini to maturity. This animal laid eggs 5'/i months after hatching. The present study confirms the rapid development of this species of octopus. Mangold- Wirz (1963) found that females of Eledone cirrosa, E. mos- chata. Octopus vulgaris and Pteroctopus tetracir- rhus reached sexual maturity at about 18-24 months, while Bathypolypus sponsalis matured at 8-17 months. According to Boletzky (1969), at 24-25°C the eggs of O. vulgaris hatch in 25 days, O. joubini in 30 days, and O. briareus in 50 days. In this study, hatching of O. joubini began at about 34 days, thus agreeing with Boletzky's findings. As is typical with most octopods, the female of O. joubini diligently cares for the eggs until they hatch. Brooding behavior weakens the female and she generally dies soon after the eggs hatch, but death appears to be delayed if she is able to feed during brooding. The rapid maturation of O. joubini in the laboratory suggests that there are two generations Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 65 annually. Thus in certain parts of the range it is likely that there is both a summer and a winter population of tiiis species. This species of small octopus with its short life span provides an opportunity to study development in the labora- tory and to establish techniques for cephalopod maintainance. An important problem, water qual- ity, can be minimized by a running sea-water system with filtering equipment. With running sea-water, additional aeration is unnecessary but is advisable in the event that the water flow is temporarily blocked. Feeding presents the other major problem in the culture of benthonic octopods. At the present time, suitable live food for the young juveniles has not been found. Gammarid and caprellid amphi- pods and various other amphipods as well as numerous isopods were offered to the juveniles but were rejected by them. This was found to be the case for Artemia salina, except with one O. joubini The largest and probably oldest (7 days old) F juvenile which was offered brine shrimp did finaUy attack Artemia. Even though the octopus accepted them as food, the fact that the smaller O. joubini would not eat brine shrimp prevents this method from being used on newly hatched O. joubini Artemia seems to be more suitable for octopods with planktonic larvae and has been used in rearing O. vulgaris (Boletzky, personal communication). The method of feeding with Uca described here is time consuming and inefficient, contributing to most of the mortalities at this stage of growth. In areas where Uca is abundant, it provides a satisfactory and easily obtainable source of live food for the larger animals. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We wish to thank Mr. Dennis Opresko and Mrs. Irene Thomas for their help in maintaining the animals and for their assistance in the preparation of the manuscript. We also wish to thank Mr. D. Opresko for photographing the animals. Dr. Won Tack Yang provided helpful suggestions in the culture of marine organisms and also provided the stock of live Artemia. We especially wish to thank Dr. Gilbert L. Voss for his support and encour- agement during this study and for his critical reading of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Arnold, J.M., C. T. Singley and L. D. Wil- liams-Arnold 1972. Embryonic development and post-hatclring survival of the Sepiolod squid Euprymna scolopes under laboratory conditions. The VeHger 14(4); 361-364. Boletzky, S. von 1969. Zum Vergleich der Onto- genesen von Octopus vulgaris, O. joubini. und O. briareus. Rev. Suisse Zool. 76: 716-726. Boletzky, S. von • & M. V. von Boletzky 1969. First results in rearing Octopus joubini Robson, 1929. Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 80: 56-61. Boletzky, S. von, M. V. von Boletzky, D. Frosch, & V. Gatzi 1971. Laboratory rearing of Sepio- linae (Mollusca; Cephalopoda). Mar. Biol. 8: 82-87. Choe, S. 1966. On the eggs, rearing, habits of the fry, and growth of some Cephalopoda. Bull. Mar. Sci. 16: 330-348. Choe, S. & Y. Oshima 1963. Rearing of cuttle- fishes and squids. Nature 197: 307. LaRoe, E. T. 1971. The culture and maintainance of the loliginid squids Sepioteuthis sepioidea and Doryteuthis plei Mar. Biol. 9: 9-25. Mangold- Wirz, K. 1963. Biologie des Cephalopodes benthiques de la Mer Catalane. Vie et Milieu (Suppl.) 13: 1-285. Nixon, M. 1969. The lifespan of Octopus vulgaris Lamarck. Proc. malac. Soc. London 38: 529-540. Schroder, W. 1969a. Observations made during the breeding of cuttlefish {Sepia officinalis L.). Drum and Croaker 69: 9-15. Schroder, W. 1969b. Notes concernant Cepha- lopoda et la reproduction de la seich commune. Zool. Anvers. 34th year (3). Wolterding, M. 1971. The rearing and maintainance of Octopus briareus in the laboratory with aspects of their behavior and biology. M.S. thesis, Univ. of Miami, 120 pp. 66 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) OXYLOMA DEPRIMIDA, A NEW SPECIES OF SUCCINEIDAE (PULMONATA) Dorothea S. Franzen Ulinois Wesleyan University Bloomington, Illinois 61701 ABSTRACT Oxyloma deprimida, a new species of Succineidae (Piilmonataj is described from Utica, LaSalle County, lilinoiSj (type locality) and near Canton Lake, NE of Canton, Fulton County, Illinois. The nuclear whorl of the shell is depressed, hence, the species name deprimida. The habitat of O. deprimida is on cattails generally 3 to 5 ft. above the wet ground or v^ater level The snails mature in the fall and not in the summer as does O. retusa, a sympatric species. Anatomical features include a broadly based penial appendix and an albumengland which is smaller than the prostate gland. The search for succineas in the state of Illinois has resulted in the recognition of a hitherto undescribed species, Oxyloma deprimida, new spe- cies. Description of Holotype: The amber-colored, ovate, imperforate shell, composed of three inflated whorls, is thin, fragile, shiny, and marked only by tme striae. The nuclear whorl is depressed (Fig. 1, upper riglit), rough and pitted (Fig. 1, lower left). The whorls increase rapidly in size from the nuclear to the body whorl. The suture is sharply incised resulting in a sliglit shouldering along the upper border of the whorl. The peristome of the ovate aperture is sharp and continuous over the surface of the body whori in the form of a thin, white callus (Fig. 2, left). The narrow, white columella follows the inner border of the peristome (Fig. 2, left). The dimensions of the shell are: heiglit, 12.45 mm.; width, J. 6 mm.; height of aperture, 9.85 mm.; width of aperture, 5.7 mm. Tlie ratios of the several dimensions are shown in Table I. The surface of the head and the body wall are cream-colored and coarsely and irregularly tuber- culate. The pigmentation of the anterior dorsal portion of the head consists of black blotches arranged in five, indistinctly defined, longitudinal bands that form a shield-shaped pattern (Fig. 2, riglit). Tliey converge medially between the pos- terior tentacles and then spread apart continuing as two bands towards the mantle. The shield pattern is Hanked on either side by a pigmented band, narrow anterioriy, but broadening at the base of the pos- terior tentacles as it continues to the mantle. On FIG. 1 . Upper left. Chromosomes of an ovotestis smear of Oxyloma deprimida from the type locality. Enlarged. Upper right, Scanning-elec- tron-photomicrograph showing the nuclear whorl of Oxyloma deprimida of a shell from the f}'pe locality. Enlarged. Lower left, Scanning-electron photo- micrograph of the nuclear whorl of Oxyloma deprimida of a shell from the type locality, showing surface detail. Enlarged. Lower right. Scanning-elec- tron-photomicrograph of the nuclear whorl of a shell of Succinea luteola, showing surface detaiL Enlarged. Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 67 FIG. 2. Drawings of the holotype of Oxyloma deprimida. Left, shell drawn to scale as indicated. Right, head and anterior portion of mantle. Enlarged. the lateral body wall flecks of light pigmentation form a broad band that tapers and diminishes posteriorly. Tlie manfle collar is lightly pigmented on the upper and outer surface and more heavily pigmented on the anterior and inferior surface. The pigmentation of the anterior portion of the mantle occurs as widely-spaced blotches (Fig. 2, riglit). The anterior border of the nephridium is outlined by a narrow, broken, black band whereas the posterior border is outlined by a broader, darker band. Sparse, scattered patches of pigment occur on the remainder of the body. The genital aperture, cres- cent-shaped, 2 mm. in length, surrounded by a white, tumid lip, is situated on the anterior right-hand side of the body. A pedal groove, continuous from the labial palp to the posterior tip of the body, sep- arates the foot from the lateral body wall; the pedal groove is paralleled dorsally by a less-pronounced, suprapedal groove. Shallow, vertical grooves incise the pedal and suprapedal grooves and the broad, pigmented band. These vertical grooves produce a series of shallow scallops along the margin of the pedal groove especially when the animal is in a somewhat contracted state. Holotype: catalogue no. FMNH 176002; para- types nos. FMNH 176003, FMNH 176004, and FMNH 176005, Molluscan CoUection, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois. Additional paratypes are in the private collection of the author. The author has examined shells of succineas of the collection in the Natural History Museum, Uni- versity of Illinois. A shell identified by Frank Collins Baker (1939) as Succinea retusa peoriensis Wolf and which Pilsbry (1948) identified as Oxy- loma decampi peoriensis (Walker), as indicated be- low, is herein identified as Oxyloma deprimida, new species. Synonymy — Succinea retusa peoriensis Wolf. Frank Collins Baker, 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails, Manual 2, Natural History Survey Division, p. 126, Fig. E, left-hand figure only. Oxyloma decampi peoriensis (Walker), Henry A. Pilsbry, 1948. Land Mollusca of North America, Vol. II, Ft. 2, p. 785, Fig. 420, b, left-hand figure only. Known geographic distribution and habitat: I. Type locality: Field No. D.S.F. 350; NEVa SWA S 9, Twp. 33 N, R 2 E, Utica (N. Utica), LaSaUe County, Illinois, about Vz mile east of the crossing of Illinois Highway 178 over the Rock Island and Pacific railroad tracks, between the Rock Island and Pacific railroad tracks and Clark Run Creek. The habitat is the shore of a water-filled pit on the northern edge of Clark Run Creek that supports cattails (Typha sp.), goldenrod (Solidago sp.), and willow (Salix sp.). Oxyloma deprimida lives on the cattails several feet (2 to 5) above the wet ground and/or above the water level. An earher unpublished record of the species taken from "Utica, Illinois" is in the Molluscan Collection of the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois. The shells, catalogue no. 58198, were identified as Succinea (Oxyloma) decampi Bryant Walker. They were formerly in the James H. Ferriss collection and identified as Succinea retusa peoriensis Wolf Locality: 2. Field No. D.S.F. 194; NEy4 SEV* NW54 S 19, Twp. 7 N, R 5 E; 3 miles NE of the town square in Canton, Fulton County, Illinois. The habitat is a lowland adjacent to a northeastern arm of Canton Lake where moist ground supports a stand of cattails and willows. Oxyloma deprimida lives on this vegetation 3 to 5 feet above the ground, and is not found on the ground where lives O. retusa (Lea), a sympatric species. This association does not, however, occur at the Utica locality. Anatomy of paratypes: The large, coiled, heavily pigmented hermaphroditic duct, coming from the ovotestis, enters the fertilization sac which is con- nected with the seminal vesicles. The relatively large, twinned, unequal seminal vesicles are coarsely peppered with black pigmentation whereas the in- 68 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) flated fertilization sac is lightly pigmented. The prostate gland is situated immediately anterior to the albumen gland. The acinar prostate gland is covered by a thin, lightly pigmented sheath, and is larger than the albumen gland. The albumen gland, about two-thirds the length of the prostate, is composed of acini which are smaller than those of the prostate gland. Tlie single duct leading from the fertilization sac divides to form two ducts, one leading into the prostate gland and the other form- ing the oviduct (Fig. 3, F). The vagina is straight, slightly pigmented, equal to about seven-eighths of the length of the penis, and opens along with the penis into the genital antruiTL The oviduct is higlily convoluted, slightly pigmented, and enters the distal end of the vagina as does the spermathecal duct. The spermathecal duct loops over the oviduct just prior to its entry into the vagina. The retractor muscle of the right posterior tent- acle passes between the penis and the vagina. The penis is enclosed in a thin, translucent sheath pep- pered with black pigment in the middle or towards its distal end. The vas deferens may or may not be lightly stippled. As the vas deferens approaches the distal end of the penial sheath it loops ventrally under the penial retractor muscle and enters the penial sheath terminaOy; then known as the epiphallus, it coils, increases in caliber as it ap- proaches the penis and becomes enlarged just before it merges with the penis subterminally (Fig. 3, A). The penial appendix, because of its broad base, appears to be a terminal extension of the penis rather than an appendix separated from the body of the penis by a constriction. The size and shape of the penial appendix is variable (Fig. 3, A - E). The ovotestis ot many individuals of Oxyloma deprimida, from both localities, were squashed and l-R-L 2-R-M 4-R-M 21-R-M FIG. 4. Representative teeth of a radula of a snail taken from near Canton Lake; 3 mi. NE Canton, Illinois. C, central tooth: l-R-L, 1st right lateral; 2-R-M, 2nd right marginal; 4-R-M. 4th right marginal; 21-R-M, 21st right marginal. stained with orcein. Examinations of the stained chromosomes in metaphase revealed the haploid number of nineteen to be characteristic of this species (Fig. 1, upper left). This is the same number found in O. retusa (Lea), O. haydeni (W. G. Binney) and O. salleana (Pfeiffer), (Franzen, 1966, p. 67). The radula (Fig. 4) is composed of many rows of teeth and numerous teeth to a row. The number of rows in 6 radulae examined, ranged from 90 to 116. The numbers of marginals and laterals of re- presentative rows of 5 radulae are to be noted in Table II. The ratios of marginals to laterals ap- proaches 1:3 and 1:4. Tliis compares with what has been reported for Oxyloma ren!.* 01' Width of H. Ap. / W. Ap. / W. .Ap. IVhorls Height Width Heig„t .\pertui-c .■■. 'orture H. She 11 W. She 11 H. Ap. Holotype 3 12.45 mm 7.6 mm .610 9.85 nyn 5.7 mm .79 .750 .578 Field » 350 2 3/4 10.74 mm 6.80 mm .633 8.16 mm 4.88 mm .760 .718 .598 Type Locality 3 10.24 6.33 .618 7.50 4.50 .732 .711 .600 Utica, 111. 3 1/8 10.03 b.lO .608 7.38 4.45 .736 .729 .603 Oct, 22, 19b6 Range (32 shells) 2 1/4- 3 1/8 6.71- 10. l'\ 4.07-6.8 .550- 673 5.13-8. 16 3.24-4.88 .710- 791 .659- .806 .544- 677 Median 8. 85 5.54 .bl9 6.66 3.99 ,759 .718 .598 Field » 350 3 13.46 mm 7.75 mm .576 9 . 54 mm 5 . 66 mm .709 .730 .593 Utica, 111. 2 7/8 13.17 8.04 .610 9.94 5.79 .755 .720 .582 Sept. 30, 1967 3 1/8 12.84 7.72 .601 9.61 5.81 .748 .752 .604 Range (74 shells) 2 1/2- 3 1/8 8.24- 13. Jb 4.64-8.04 .553- 668 6.06-9.94 3.36-5.89 .709- .798 .681- .795 .549- .651 Median lU. S4 6.53 .599 8.11 4.79 .744 .733 .594 Field « 350 3 12.89 mm 7.33 mm .569 9.52 mm 5.72 mm .738 .780 .601 Utica, III. 3 12.39 7.12 .575 8.49 5.27 .685 .740 .621 Sept. 19, 1970 3 12.26 7.10 .579 8.47 5.30 .691 .746 .626 Range (107 shells) 2 3/4- 5 1/4 7.9- 12.89 4.90-7. 37 .499- 654 6.05-9.52 3.5-5.72 .673- .808 .670- .799 .539- .736 Median 10.88 6.41 .597 8.0 4.76 .737 . 741 .600 Field » 350 3 12.45 mm 7.b0 mm .610 9.85 mm 5.70 mm .791 .750 .579 Utica, 111. 3 12.30 7.40 .602 9.30 5.80 .756 .784 .624 Sept. 28, 1971 3 12.25 7.25 .592 9.55 5.85 .780 .807 .613 Range (157 shells) 2 1/2-3 7.74- 12.45 9.58 4.53-7.60 .532- 717 5.88-9.85 3.71-5.85 .674- .883 .679- .852 .570- .663 Median 5.85 .bl3 7,29 4.48 .759 .768 .blS Field » 194 3 U. 5 mm 8. 2 mm .713 9, 1 mm 5.8 mm .791 .707 .637 Canton Lake, 111. 3 1/8 11.2 7.8 .696 8,9 5.6 .795 .718 .629 Oct. 6, 1956 3 1/4 11.1 7.8 .703 8,3 5.2 .748 .667 .626 Range (7 shells) 2 7/8- 3 1/4 10.8- 11.5 7.2-8.2 .661- .759 8,0-9,1 5.1-5.8 .734- .806 .654- .718 .600- .655 Median U.l 7,8 .703 8.5 5.5 .766 .683 .637 Field « 194 2 7/8 10.3 mm 7. 6 mm .738 8.2 mm 5.4 mm .796 .711 .659 Canton Lake, HI. 3 9.6 6.4 .667 7.0 4.4 .729 .689 .629 Sept. 14, 1958 2 7/8 9.2 6,2 .674 7.0 4.4 .761 .709 .629 Range (30 shells) 2-3 4.8- 10.3 7.8 3,4-7.6 .625- .738 3.7-8.2 2.2-5.4 .719- .852 .629- .809 .579- .684 Median 5,0 .675 5.8 3.6 .769 .714 .638 Field » 194 2 3/4 11.8 mm 8.4 mm .712 9.2 mm 5.9 mm .780 .702 .641 Canton Lake, III. 2 7/8 11.4 7.8 .684 8.6 5.3 .754 .679 .616 Oct. , 1960 2 7/8 10.9 7.8 .716 8.6 5.7 .789 .731 .663 Range (26 shells) 2 1/4-3 6.6- 11.8 4.6-8.4 .678- .807 5.1-9.2 3.3-5.9 .717- .848 .600- .731 .571- .687 Median 9.3 6.7 .710 7.4 4.6 .776 .679 .636 Field » 194 3 1/4 9.8 mm 6.7 mm .684 7.4 mm 4.7 mm .755 .701 .635 Canton Lake, 111. 2 7/8 9.8 6.7 .684 7.3 4.7 .745 .701 .644 Oct., 1964 2 3/4 9.8 6.7 .684 7.4 4.7 .755 .701 .635 Range (16 shells) 2 1/2- 3 1/4 7.4- 9.8 5.5-6.7 .684- .743 6.1-7.4 3.8-4.7 .740- .824 .652- .737 .59 7- .667 Median 9.2 6.5 .710 7.0 4.4 .780 .701 .645 Field « 194 3 9.92mm 5.79mm .584 7.29mm 4 . 55 mm .735 .786 .624 Canton Lake, 111. 3 9.47 6.05 .639 7.23 4.60 .763 .760 .636 Oct. , 1966 3 9.46 7.0 .740 7.14 4.24 .755 .606 .594 Range (39 shells) 2-3 6.06- 9.92 3.57- 7.0 .583- .740 4.44-7.29 2.91-4.60 .609- .792 .606- .825 .564- .752 Median 7.93 4.96 .627 5.90 3.67 .750 .747 .622 result of a period of about a year of low pre- cipitation. The ground of the usually submerged area was wet though not muddy. Even under such conditions O. deprimida was not found on the ground. Many of the snails were aestivating on the cattails 2 feet above the ground. Oxyloma deprimida differs from other species of the genus, at least in the Mississippi Valley, as to the time of year in which it reaches maturity. The mature, fully grown, sexually active adults are to be found from the latter part of September to the early part of October. This is several months later Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 71 TABLE 2. Formulae of representative rows of teeth o/Oxyloma deprimida new species. No. of Rows Station Slide of Teeth Row M L C L M Type Locality A 105 14 7 - 12 - - 13 - 6 Utica, Illinois 32 42 - 12 - - 15 - 37 Field No. 350 77 37 - 14 - - 13 - 37 B 110 40 37 - 12 - - 12 - 37 87 37 - 10 - - 9 - 41 C 100 23 33 - 12 - - 9 - 26 Canton, Illinois A 92 23 34 - 16 - - 9 - 37 Field No. 194 30 40 - 10 - - 10 - 39 B 99 65 37 - 11 - - 9 - 39 74 39 - 10 - - 10 - 39 TABLE 3. Comparisons of the medians of ratios of several dimensions o/Oxyloma deprimida with several other species of Oxyloma as previously reported (Franzen, 1969, Table III). Species O. deprimida O. retusa O. haydeni O. salleana 0. sanibelensis W. of Shell/ H. of Shell 59.7%.- 71.0% 52.0% 49.0% 56.3% 47.8% H. Aperture/ H. Shell 73.7% - 78.0% 74.4% 73.0% 78.6% 60.7% W. Aperture/ W. Shell 67.9% - 76.8% 80.5% 85.3% 79.2% 68.8% W. Aperture/ H. Aperture 59.4% - 64.5% 57.1% 57.6% 57.6% 55.2% than the maturation time of O. retusa, O. haydeni, and O. salleana whose mature adults disappear in the latter part of June or in early July. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS National Science Foundation Grants-in-Aid No's. NSF G18000 and NSF GB2715 provided laboratory equipment and supported, in part, the field studies. The author is grateful to Dr. B. V. Hall, Director, Center for Electron Microscopy, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, and to Dr. James Anderson for the scan- ning-electron-photomicrographs. Dr. Alan Solem, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, and Dr. Donald F. Hoffmeister, Natural History Musuem, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, graciously lent shells of the respective museum collections. Dr. A. Byron Leonard read the manuscript and offered helpful suggestions. LITERATURE CITED Baker, Frank Collins. 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails, Natural History Survey Division, Manual 2, State of Illinois: 3-166. Franzen, Dorothea S. 1963. Variations in the Anat- omy of the Succineid Gastropod Oxyloma retusa. The Nautilus 76 (3); 82-95, Tables I-II, Figs. 1-4. Franzen, Dorothea S. 1964. Anatomy of the Succineid Gastropod Oxyloma haydeni. The NautUus 77(3): 73-81, Tables I-II, Fig. 1. Franzen, Dorothea S. 1966. Anatomy of the Succineid Gastropod Oxyloma salleana (Pfeiffer). The Nautilus 80(2): 59-69, Tables I-II, Figs. 1-3. Franzen, Dorothea S. 1969. Structural Character- istics of Succineid Gastropod Oxyloma sanibelensis. The Nautilus 82(3): 77-83, Tables I-III, Figs. 1-2. Pilsbry, Henry A. 1948. Land MoUusca of North America (North of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Mon. No. 3, Vol. 11, Pt. 2: xlvii -^ 521-1113, 585 figs. Quick, H. E. 1933. The Anatomy of British Succineae. Proc. Mala. Soc. London 20(VI, Nov.): 295-318 PI. 23-25, Figs. 1-18, Tables 1-V. THE NAUTILUS July 30. 1973 Vol. 87 (3) LATE EOCENE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PELECYPOD KXPlTEys IN SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES David Nicol Box 14376, University Station. Gainesville, Florida 32601 and Graig D. Shaak The Florida State Museum University of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32601 ABSTRACT The pelecypod Exputens (Malleidae) was confined To the Tethyan marine province during the Middle and Late Eocene. In Peninsular Horida Exputens ocalensis (MacNeil) is found in the two lowest zones of the Crystal River Limestone, which is Late Eocene in age. Exputens has also been found in the Ocala Limestone of southwestern Georgia and the Castle Hayne Marl in North Carolina, which shows that at least one Tethyan mollusc lived farther north during the Late Eocene than had previously been supposed. Tlie presence of the pelecypod Exputens in strata of Late Eocene age in Peninsular Florida has been reported by Palmer, 1957. p. 70; 1967, pp. 189-190; and Palmer and Brann, 1965. p. 143. However, Exputens was not mentioned as occur- ring in Florida by Hertlein and Cox, 1969, in the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Moreover, the type species, Exputens llajasensis Clark, 1934, was stated as fixed by original designation. In his original description of Exputens, Clark described two new species, E. llajasensis and E. alexi, but he selected neither species as the type of Exputens. The type species was subsequently designated by Yokes, 1939, p. 51, as E. llajasensis Clark from Middle Eocene beds from Simi Valley, California. Palmer, 1957. 1967. has particularly emphasized the fact that Exputens was confined to the Tethyan marine province, and it has been reported from Jamaica and southern California as well as Florida. The stratigraphic range of the genus appears to be Middle and Upper Eocene. MacNeil described Vulsella ocalensis in 1934 from specimens collected at the Sumter Rock Quarry about two miles northeast of Sumterville. Sumter County. Florida. Also in the type lot was a specimen collected from a limestone quarry about a mile south of Newberry. Alachua County. Florida. V. ocalensis was later allocated to the genus. Exputens, and the outline of the valves is similar to the type species, E. llajasensis. In his original description, MacNeil mentioned the fact that the shell of V. ocalensis could be composed of lamellar calcite. In every specimen of V. ocalensis we have seen, much of the original shell is preserved, and tliis leads us to the conclusion that TABLE 1. The stratigraphic range of Exputens ocalensis in the Crystal River Formation of Florida. CLASSIFICATION OF THE CRYSTAL RIVER FORMATION IN FLORIDA STRATIGRAPHIC FAUNIZONE Cryjtol River Formotion Lepidocytlino choperi Asterocyclina - Spiruioeo vernoni Nummulites vancJerttoki - Hemicythere Lepidocyclino Pieudophroqmino Exputens ocolensis ,1 Spiroloculino newberryensis {adopled from Puri,I957) Vol. S7 (3) THE NAUTILUS 73 the shell was composed nuiiiily of calcite. Except for the Ostieidae and Pectinidae. almost all of the other molluscs are preserved only as internal and external molds and casts in the Crystal River Limestone. The correct orientation of the valves is questionable, but we are assuming that the beaks and the small wing-like projection on the dorsal border are located anteriorly. The location of the beaks varies from nearly a central position to near the anterior end of the dorsal border. There are more than 40 specimens of Exputens ocalensis in the collections at The Florida State Museum, indicating that this species is not rare. On one small piece of limestone, there are seven right valves and some embedded double valves. At some localities the riglit valve is much more common; at others the reverse is true. This fact indicates selective sorting by currents and wave action. Exputens ocalensis is most abundant in the lowest zone in which it appears, Puri's (1957) FIGS. 1, 2, 3. Exputens ocalensis (MacNeil). The porous material showing around the shells is the limestone matrix. Locality: Limestone quarry west of old U. S. 441 at south edge of Kendrick, Marion County, Florida, N. W. !4 Sec. 25, T. 14 S., R. 21 E. FIG. 1. Left valve exterior, hypotype Florida State Museum 3481, length 28.1 mm, height 16.6 mm. FIG. 2. Left valve interior, hypotype Florida State Museum 3482, length 27.4 mm, height 14.1 mm, FIG. 3. Right valve exterior, hypotype Florida State Museum 3483, length 25.0 mm, height 14.7 mm. Spiroloculina newberryensis faunizone of the Crystal River Limestone. It apparently is found less frequently in the zone above, the Lepido- cyclina-Pseudophragmina faunizone. It is doubtful that E. ocalensis is found in any of the higher zones of the Crystal River (see Table 1). The Tethyan gastropod Gisortia harrisi Palmer seems to have about the same stratigraphic distribution as E. ocalensis because G. harrisi has been found at nearly aU localities where E. ocalensis has been reported. Thus, some Tethyan molluscs appeared in Florida during the time that the lower part of the Crystal River Limestone was being deposited and after the Avon Park, Inglis, and Williston Formations were laid down. Exputens ocalensis has been found in the following counties in surface outcrops in Penin- sular Florida: Columbia, Suwannee, Dixie, Gil- christ, Alachua, Levy, Marion, Citrus, and Sumter. Exputens has been collected by U. S. Geological Survey geologists in Mitchell and Dougherty Coun- ties in southwestern Georgia in the Ocala Lime- stone. More surprisingly, they have also collected Exputens from the Castle Hayne Mad in Pender and Wayne Counties, which are in southeastern and east-central North Carolina. A specimen from Wayne County is considerably larger than any specimens of Exputens ocalensis from Florida and may be a different species. At least one Tethyan mollusc, Exputens, lived farther north during the Late Eocene than had previously been supposed. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are particularly indebted to Mr. Druid Wilson of the U. S. Geological Survey, who showed the senior author specimens of Exputens from Georgia and North Carolina. Dr. Katherine V.W. Palmer of the Paleontologjcal Research Institution sent the senior author a list of localities in Florida where Exputens has been collected. LITERATURE CITED Clark, B. L. 1934. A new genus and two new species of Lamellibranchiata from the Middle Eocene of California. Jour. Paleo. 8 (3): 270-272. Hertlein, L. G. and L. R. Cox. 1969. Family Malleidae. in Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon- 74 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) tology (R. C. Moore, editor). Part N, Vol. I, Mollusca 6, Bivalvia. N326-N332. MacNeil, F. S. 1934. The pelecypod genus Vulsella in the Ocala Limestone of Florida and its bearing on correlation. Jour. Wasliington Acad. Sci. 24 (10): 428-431. Palmer, K. V.W. 1957. A new Gisorda from the Crystal River Formation, Ocala Group, of Florida, with explanatory notes on the Tethyan influence in the Floridian Middle and Upper Eocene. Jour. Palaeo. Soc. India, Lucknow. D. N. Wadia Jubilee Number. 2: 69-72. Palmer, K. V.W. 1967. A comparison of certain Eocene molluscs of the Americas with those of the western Tethys. Systematics Assoc. Pub. No. 7. Aspects of Tethyan biogeography. 183-193. Palmer, K. V.W. and D. C. Brann. 1965. Catalogue of the Paleocene and Eocene Mollusca of the southern and eastern United States. Part I. Pelecypoda, Amphineura, Pteropoda, Scapho- poda, and Cephalopoda. Bull. Am. Paleo. 48 (218): 1-466. Puri, H. S. 1957. Stratigraphy and zonation of the Ocala Group. Florida Geol. Survey. Geol. Bull. 38: 1-248. Vokes, H. E. 1939. Molluscan faunas of the Domengine and Arroyo Hondo Formations of the California Eocene. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 38: 1-246. RECENT PUBLICATIONS Cheatuin, E. P. and R. W. FuUington. 1971. The Aquatic and Land MoUusca of Texas. Pt. 1. The Recent and Pleistocene Members of the Gastropod Family Polygyridae in Texas ($2.50). Pt. 2 — Pupillidae and Urocoptidae (Gastropoda) in Texas ($4.50). Bull. 1 Dallas Museum of Natural History, P. O. Box 26193, DaUas, Texas, 75226. Illustrated and Useful. Ladd, Harry S. 1972. Cenozoic Fossil MoUusks from Western Pacific Islands; Gastropods (Turri- teUidae Through Strombidae). U. S. Geol. Survey Professional Paper 532, 79 pp., 20 pis. Descriptions or citations of 174 species of 18 gastropod families from seven island groups. Excellent. Britton, J. C. Jr. 1972. Two New Species and a New Subgenus of Lucinidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), with Notes on Certain Aspects of Lucinid Phylogeny. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoo- logy, no. 129, 19 pp. Liicina hendersoni n. sp. from Antigua; Pannluciua rehderi n. sp. from Brazil, and Radiolucina n. subgenus (type: amiantus Dull, 1901). Sandved,K. B. and R. Tucker Abbott. 1973. Shells in Color. 101 pis. in color. 48 pp. accompany- ing text; bibUography; index. Viking Press, Inc., 625 Madison Ave., N. Y., N. Y., 10022. $12.95. A pretty book, but over-priced. Wriglit, C. A. 1971. Flukes and Snails. Science of Biology Series no. 4. 168 pp. George Allen and Unwin, Ltd., London. Hardback, about $7.50. Biology of schistosomes and planorbid and bulinid molluscan hosts, mainly in Africa. Saul, Louella R. 1973. Evidence for the Origin ot the Mactridae (Bivalvia) in the Cretaceous. Univ. Calif. Publications in Geol. Sci., vol. 97, 51 pp., 3 pis. $4.00. Parenzan, Pietro. 1970. Carta d'identita delle conchiglie del Mediterraneo. Vol. 1, Gastropodi, 283 pp., 53 pis. Bio Taras Editrice, paperback $11.00. Useful guide, but many of the 1000 ink drawings are inadequate for identification. Kensley, Brian. 1973. Sea-Shells of Southern Africa - Gastropods. 236 pp., 910 species illus., some in color. Maskew Miller, Ltd., Cape Town. About $17.00. Contains misidentifications, many out-of-date genera, some wrong author names, non-binomial names, incorrect numbers under the illustrations and a pasted-in errata sheet containing two obsolete names. Recom- mend waiting for second printing. Ocean Management, Vol. 1, no. 1. A new international, multi-disciplinary journal dealing with the economics and exploration of oceans. About 500 pp. per year; quarterly. Annual U. S. subscription, $31.00. Elsevier Scientific Jour- nals, P. O. Box 211, Amsterdam, Netherlands. Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 75 NOTES ON MOLLUSKS OSTREA AND SIPHONARIA FROM GEORGIA (U. S. A.) John N. Kraeuter University of Georgia Marine Institute' Sapelo Island, Georgia 31327 ABSTRACT The sponge-dwelling oyster Ostrea permoUis Sowerby, is now known to occur off Georgia at 20 meters depth; and the pulmonate limpet, Siphonaria pectinata (Linne) has been found laying eggs on tree stumps on Cabretta Island, Georgia. Recent systematic studies have illustrated how much is still to be learned about the marine fauna of Georgia. Darby (1965) described 13 new species from the 24 species of podocopid ostracods he collected. Menzies and Frankenberg (1966) des- cribed 1 1 new species and one new genus of isopods among the 30 species represented in the University of Georgia Marine Institute collections. Malacologjsts have also reported high numbers of new species in this area. Marcus and Marcus (1967) described three new species and a new subspecies from the 12 opistobranch species pre- sent in the above collections. Merrill (1963) and Frankenberg (1966) have reported on smaD col- lections of moDusks off Georgia. Merrill and Petit (1965, 1969) compiled 26 and 19 range records for moUusks from South Carolina. They reported a ratio of one range extension for each six species previously reported from the area. Similar ratios are beUeved to be found in Georgia. Range modifications for two recently studied species are presented: one, Ostrea permollis, Sowerby creates a continuum where a disjunct distribution has been suggested; the other. Siphon- aria pectinata (Linne), extends the range of this common intertidal pulmonate beyond its northern Umit. This paper is preliminary to a more thorough study of the molluscan fauna of Georgia and is intended to alert malacologjsts to the opportunities available through the study of the Georgia fauna. After examination of published records and museum specimens, Forbes (1964) concluded that the distribution of the oyster Ostrea permollis Sowerby was disjunct between Molasses Reef, Florida (25° r N, 80°23' W), in 154 m, and Cape Fear, North Carolina (33°50' N, 78°02'40" W), in 15 ra He Beheves that the absence of its host sponge Stelletta grubii (?) Schmidt from the continental shelf in the South CaroUna-Florida area has isolated O. permollis populations since at least the Sangamon Interglacial. The discovery of O. permollis and its host sponge Stelletta grubii (?) in Georgia emphasizes a continuum between the Keys (Molasses ReeO and Cape Fear. The station locations provided by Forbes (1964) are plotted and the two collections from Georgia are included (Fig. 1). The Georgia specimens of O. permollis were from 31°22'55" N, 80°52.2' W, Sta. 44 & 45, M. Gray coU., 20 m, 3/7/61, 8 live individuals, and 31°24'15" N, 80°52'35" W, J. Kraeuter, coU., 20 m, 5/23/71, 2 live individuals. These lots are on deposit in the ^^;"t-^ 'Contribution No. 267 from the University of Georgia Marine Institute. FIG. 1. Distribution of Ostrea permollis after Forbes (1964) with Georgia data added. 76 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) collections of the University of Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo Island. In both cases spiculation on the sponge fragments from the shells typify spicules figured by de Laubenfels (1953). The spicules measured (terminology from de Lauben- fels, 1953): 1. Oxeas 350 - 437 ju x 10 - 21 m 2. Hagiotriane 392 - 432 m x 11.7 - 40 ^ (across head) 3. Anatriaene 392 - 422 m x 11.7 - 38 fi (across head) 4. Eutylaster 6 - 8 /i across 5. Oxyeuaster 5 - 8 /.i across The eutylasters were much more numerous than the oxyeuasters and the former did not seem to have as rough a termination as illustrated by de Laubenfels (1953). The presence of the host sponge and the commensal oyster in Georgia indicates that the lack of populations between Molasses Reef and Cape Fear is not due to disjunct distributions, but is due to either (1) lack of collections in offshore waters or (2) lack of substrate for the sponge, or (3) a combination of these factors. The extreme narrowness of the continental shelf near Miami obviously limits the number of possible sites; however, submerged reefs or out- crops have been found in North Carolina (Menzies et al. 1966) and tliis reef is similar to those of the Gulf of Mexico (Parker, 1956). A reef off Georgia has been described by Hunt, Woolsey and Henry (1971), and other reefs or "live bottom habitats" have been listed by Struhsaker (1969) for South Carolina, Georgia, northeast Florida and central Rorida. It seems probable that as these areas are sampled more extensively, fewer gaps will exist in offshore distribution patterns. Siphonaria pectinata, an intertidal pulmonale limpet, has its reported northern range as eastern Florida (Abbott, 1954) or Fernandina. Florida (Voss, 1959). Dr. Erik Rasmussen has found it with egg masses on tree stumps in the surf of Cabretta Island, Georgia, adjacent to Sapelo Island. He has been kind enougli to let me record its northern limit and breeding during January 1972. Tlus reproductive time is very close to that found for the same species in south Florida by Nancy Voss (1959). She correlated the northern limit of S. pectinata with the 55°F isochryme on a worldwide basis. Sapelo Island is not much beyond the previous record of Fernandina. but the presence here of S. pectinata suggests the northern distributional limit may be controlled by lack of suitable substrate on the exposed sandy shores of the mid-Atlantic region. The large numbers and breeding individuals found at Cabretia seem to indicate that S. pectinata could survive even farther north. Historically. Dall (1927) has provided the most conspicuous source of moUuscan daia for the north Georgia to Florida area. In this one paper he listed 332 species of which he considered 213 to be new. Thus, the area between 30 44" N. 79°26' W (948 m) and 30°58" N, 79°38' W (678 m) provided data which seems to be primarily responsible for the major faunal separation at the Georgia-north Florida boundary found by Fischer (1961) in his analysis of diversity gradients of the U. S. East coast. The magnitude of Dall's paper can best be appreciated by comparing Fischer's pelecypod and gastropod distributions. Fischer (1961) was not able to demonstrate a clear, faunal discontinuity of pelecypods in the north Florida-Georgia area. It appears from his data, however, that perhaps ten species have their northern latitudinal limits at this point. Converse- ly, the gastropods have approximately 160 species reaching their northern latitudinal limits at the Georgia-Florida boundary - a clear faunal break. DalFs paper listed only 41 pelecypods, four new species, but he catalogued 277 gastropod species of which 200 were new. It appears that the gradual loss of species with latitude as described by Fischer (1961) for the lamellibranchs may come closer to distributional reality than that of the sharp zoogeographic boundary illustrated by the Gastropoda. The obvious influence of one major work such as Dall's and the records of Ostrea permollis and Siphonaria pectinata demonstrate the need for more thorougli ecologjc and systematic work in the Georgia-north Florida area. The importance of hard substrates as limiting factors in marine distributional patterns along the East coast of the United States is also emphasized. The critical reading and suggestions given by Drs. Dirk Frankenberg and William Shaw are gratefully acknowledged. Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 77 LITERATURE CITED Abbott, R. T. 1954. American Seashells. D. Van Nostiand Co., Inc., New York, 541 pp. Dall, W. H. 1927. Small shells from dredgings off the southeast coast of the United States by the United States fisheries steamer "Albatross" in 1885 and 1886. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 74(18); 1-134. de Laubenfels, M. W. 1953. Sponges from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Caribbean 2(3): 511-557. Darby, D. G. 1965. Ecology and taxonomy of Ostracoda in the vicinity of Sapelo Island, Georgia. National Science Foundation project GB-26. Report No. 2, 59 pp. University of Michigan. Fischer. A. G. 1961. Latitudinal variations in organic diversity. Amer. Sci. 49: 50-75. Forbes, M. L. 1964. Distribution of the commen- sal oyster, Ostrea pennollis, and its host sponge. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Caribbean 14(3): 453-464. Frankenberg, D. 1966. Southern limit oi Nassariits trivittatus. The Nautilus 79(3): 89-90.' Hunt. J. L, Jr., J. R. Woolsey. Jr. and V. J. Henry, Jr. 1971. Geological investigation of a submerged reef off Sapelo Island, Georgia. Abstract Volume, Second National Coastal and Shallow Water Research Conference, 268 pp. Marcus, E. and E. Marcus. 1967. Some opistho- branchs from Sapelo Island, Georgia, U. S. A. Malacologia 6(1-2): 199-222. Menzies, R. J. and D. Frankenberg. 1966. Hand- book on the common marine isopod Crustacea of Georgia. University of Georgia Press, 93 pp. Menzies, R. T., O. H. Pilkey, B. W. Blackwelder, D. Dexter, P. Huling and L. McCloskey. 1966. A submerged reef off North Carolina. Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 51(3): 393-431. Merrill, A, S. 1963. Mollusks from a buoy off -Georgia. The NautUus 77(2): 68-70. Merrill, A. S. and R. E. Petit. 1965. Mollusks new to South Carohna. The Nautilus 79(2): 58-66. Merrill, A. S.' and R. E. Petit. 1969. Mollusks new to South Carohna: II. The Nautilus 82(4): 117-122. Parker, R. H. and 1. R. Curray. 1956. Fauna and bathymetry of banks on the continental shelf, northwest Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. 40: 2428-2439. Struhsaker, P. 1969. Demersal fish resources: Composition, distribution, and commercial potential of the continental shelf stocks off southeastern United States. Fishery Industrial Res. 4(7): 261-300. Voss, N. A. 1959. Studies on the pulmonate gastropod Siphonaria pectinata (Linnaeus) from the southeast coast of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Caribbean 9(1): 84-99. BOOK REVIEW A SMELLER'S DIRECTORY of Clubs, Books, Periodicals, and Dealers. By Ton} Rice. Third Edition, 1 9 72. 64 pp. , paperback. Of Sea and Shore Publications, P. O. Box 33, Port Gamble, Wash. 98364. $L00. There is no handier guide to shell dealers, shell clubs and popular literature than this greatly im- proved and neatly printed booklet. 88 shell clubs are listed, including some new ones, such as the Whitsunday SheU Club (of Queensland) and the Wilmington Shell Club of Delaware. There is an imposing list of shell and book dealers, and a useful and complete list of periodicals dealing with mol- lusks. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History 78 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) BOOK REVIEW THE MOLLUSKS OF THE ARID SOUTHWEST WITH AN ARIZONA CHECK LIST. By Joseph C. Bequaert and Walter B. Miller. Tucson: University of Arizona Press, pp. 271, maps. $8.00. A seasoned veteran wise in the ways of traditional systematics and a younger well-versed in newer techniques of study have combined to summarize the mollusks of an important faunal area where both have had extensive field experi- ence. The result is a massive, but somewhat disappointing, compilation of literature citations and locality records. This book will be a fun- damental information source for all who are interested in the molluscan fauna of the arid southwestern United States. Wlien combined with the descriptions and illustrations in Pilsbry's 1939-1948 "Land Mollusca of North America", the student of this region now has better bibliograpliic and identification tools than for any equivalent area of the United States. The book presents first a general zoogeographic analysis, then a species by species analysis of distribution for the terrestrial species, and con- cludes with an annotated check list of the Arizona land and fresh water moUusks. The last two sections contain very extensive duplication of data and could have been condensed to good effect. The locality lists give no clear indication in most cases as to whether the cited record is based on literature compilation or previously unreported material. Throughout the book there are many changes proposed in synonymy and species limits. The changes in Sonorella are taken from Miller's unpublished thesis, while those proposed in other genera generally are not documented. It is quite useful to know the opinion of the authors concerning the rank and relationships of the many named forms in such genera as Ashmunella, Holospira, Gastrocopta, Oiaenaxis and Vertigo, but presentation of their evidence for changes would have been preferable. In the systematic portion of this work there seems to be only a few errors and omissions. Work in Europe indicafing the presence of sibling species or species complexes in such groups as Cionella, Pupilla, Columella and Vertigo, has not been alluded to in their discussions. This is an important omission, since "circumpolar" represen- tatives of these genera occur in Arizona. The section on foreign desert dwellers (pp. 98-102) is cursory. The genus Sculptaria is misclassified in the Endodontidae rather than the Corillidae. More important, the Australian bulimulid Bothriembryon is called a desert genus, while in reality it is characteristic of the at least seasonally moist forested areas of Southwest Australia. The most disappointing portion of the book is the discussion on zoogeography. It is concerned with the classic and rather sterile problem of delimiting faunal area boundaries (pp. 7-10) and descriptive spatial accounts of each species (pp. 14-98). It accepts as axiomatic the now generally discredited idea that the center of diversity for a genus represents its center of origin (p. 20). Dynamic aspects of biogeography are virtually ignored, with a discussion of Sonorella (p. 21) talking of "genetic drift" and "invasion of new territory", whereas the area involved apparently still is undergoing progressive drying. Consequent restriction of ranges and increased colony isolation is a more probably recent history. Despite the advances in theoretical and experimental biogeog- raphy in recent years, questions of species diver- sity and species-area relationships are not dis- cussed, although the mollusk-inhabited mountains of Arizona form ideal "islands" in a zoogeograpltic sense. In summary, the authors are to be congrat- ulated on producing an encyclopaedic work of great usefulness. I shall make continual reference to it. Unfortunately, it is not the significant work in terms of new ideas or syntlieses that could have been hoped for from the niixing of diverse talents. That it is a mix and not a blend can be inferred from divergent views of shell versus anatomy. On page 1 5, the absence of generic or specific shell characters is called exceptional, while on page 100 the shell is called untrustworthy for generic or even family placement. Given the difficulties of mollusk collecting in Arizona and the massive data gathering needed to produce the present volume, it is perhaps unfair of me to want something more than usefulness. Alan Solem, Curator of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois 60605 Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 79 OBSERVATIONS BY POLARIZED LIGHT ON THE RADULA OF APLEXA MARMORATA Maria Luiza S. Mello and Mariene T. Ueta Institute de Biologia, Universidade Estadual de Campinas, 13100 Campinas, Sao Paula, Brazil INTRODUCTION Many ultrastructural aspects of mollusc radulae have been recently pointed out by scanning electron microscope studies (Runliam, 1969; Thomas, 1971; Kohn et al., 1972). However, nothing concerned with the organizational state of the macromolecules which make up the radula teeth has been ytt estabhshed. In the present paper observations with polarized light were performed in radulae subjected to some special histochemical procedures as an approach to the discovery of the molecular arrangement of the structure. MATERIAL AND METHODS Specimens of Aplexa marmorata (Guilding, 1828) (Pulmonata, Physidae) were collected in a small artificial tank of a country house in Campinas, Sab Paulo, BrazU. The animals were killed in hot water (nearly 70°C), removed from their shells, fixed in 70% ethanol and dissected. After being extracted from their bulbs, some radulae were treated with a 10% KOH aqueous solution for 24 hours. They were washed, stained, dehydrated in ethanol and mounted in Canada balsam. The following staining solutions were used: 1. Congo Red saturated solution in 96% ethanol (Barth, 1958); 2. Orange G saturated solution in 70% ethanol (Barth, 1958); 3. Xylidine-Ponceau at pH 1.7 (Vidal, 1972); 4. Toluidine Blue at pH 4.0 (Uson, 1960). At least five radulae were subjected to each staining procedure. The investigation of anisotropic properties was carried out with a Zeiss Pol-photomicroscope equipped with a MPM photometer and an EMI 6256 photomultipher. Histophotometric readings were performed in different regions of the teeth of the 1st and 2nd distal rows, oriented paraUel (d||) and perpendicular (djj to the plane of polarized light. A Plan 40/0.65 objective, 2.0 optovar, lOx projection lens and 2mm measuring diaphragm were used; the area of the specimen measured corresponds to a 2.5 /n diameter. Differ- ent wavelengths were provided by a Zeiss mono- chromator ruler. The wavelength of the absorption peak was determined for each set of measurements at the visible spectrum. Maxima of linear dichroism (=Ad = d|| - dj) and diochroic ratios (d||/dj) were also calculated. The dispersion of the birefringence (DB) was investigated in the same material by determining the optical path differences at several wavelengths with a rotatory analyser and a X/4 compensator, according to Senarmont's methods. RESULTS The teeth stained strongly with Congo Red and Xylidine-Ponceau and slightly with Orange G and Toluidine Blue. Anisotropic phenomena are found after staining on the basal portion of the teeth (prop and region A) and on the denticular region (B) (Fig. 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8; Table I). Some aspects of the linear dichroism (selective absorption of the polarized hght) and birefringence are shown in Figures 1 to 10. The absorption values are larger when the different regions analysed are placed parallel to the plane of polarized light (positive dichroism), ex- cept when the radula is stained with Toluidine Blue (negative dichroism). When Orange G is used as staining solution the dichroism (Ad) is very weak and only found at the region B (Table I). The anisotropical properties are usually less evident at the prop region (Fig. 3 and 7). Tlie dichroism is stronger in teeth stained with Congo Red (Fig. 2, 3, 4 and 5; Table I) and in this case the radicular membrane also stains red and displays birefringence. DB curves were determined but they did not show inflection points within the X range used under present experimental conditions. However, when the radula is stained with Xylidine-Ponceau the compensated image remains unchanged in 80 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) directions NE-SO and NO-SE at wavelengths lower than 520nm (Fig. 1 1 - dotted line). The dichroism and birefringence values are slightly decreased in KOH-untreated radulae. DISCUSSION Optical properties such as those observed in the present work (dichroism and birefringence) indicate that there are oriented macromolecules in the teeth of Aplexa mannorata suitable to bind the dyes (Congo Red. Xylidine-Ponceau and Toluidine Blue) in a preferential way and that this level of molecular orientation can be measured. However, from the fact that a precise inflection point has not been found in the DB curves, it can be considered that there is a very complex organiza- tion of the stained molecules in the teeth, yeilding inner compensations and a background effect which would also account for the low dichroism values. Mollusc radulae have been reported by FIG. I. A radula stained with Congo Red (5Wnmj. x 48 FIG. 2 and 3. Details from Fig. 1. The tooth region A is oriented parallel (Fig. 3) to the plane of polarized light, x 480 FIGS. 4 and 5. Idem Fig. 2 and 3 (5l0nmj. x 185 1j and perpendicular (Fig. Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 81 many authors as being composed of cliitin; however other components are probably found in the teeth because they stain with Xyhdine-Ponceau at pH 1.7 and Orange G which usually attach to protein radicals and also with Toluidine Blue wliich generally shows dichroism when bound to oriented polyanion substrates. Congo Red also binds to mucins (Conn, 1967). These data suggest that the stained substrate is probably a muco- protein. The staining sliglitly increases after the KOH treatment indicating that it functions as a definite saponification, liberating the anionic groups of the polyanion and allowing them to become reactive. This treatment, in addition, does not remove these groups from their structural complex. Present data can be considered as a starting point for further demonstration of differences as a function of several physiological states in the teeth. Preliminary observations point out differ- ences of birefringence intensity and dichroism between the apical and basal zones of the radula, which would mean decreasing orientation of the macromolecules as the teeth become older and worn. FIG. 6. KOH-untreated radula stained with Orange G and observed with crossed polarizer and analyser, x 480 FIG. 7. The analyser was turned for compensation of region B. x 480 P = prop FIG. 8. Compensation of the region A and of the denticles (arrow), x 480 FIG. 9. Congo Red-stained radula as seen with crossed analyser and polarizer, x 500. d = denticles FIG. 10. Idem Fig. 9. Arrow indicates birefringence at the prop region, x 250 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) TABLE 1. Polarized light extinction values and dichroism data at the wavelengths of the peaks of the absorption curves (number of measurements = 5). Dyes Regions of Wave - dl dl Ad=d||-di dll/dl the teeth lengths (X ± S) (X ± S) (X± S) (XtS) (nm) Congo Red Prop 520 .584± 083 .476± 067 .108± .024 1.229+ 045 A 520 .528± 200 .214± 070 .313± .138 2.4371 545 B 520 .824+ 073 .392± .049 .432± .065 2.1221 228 Orange G Prop 490 .423± 029 .423± 030 .000+ .009 .9991 022 A 490 .696± 088 .700+.089 .0031 .007 .9931 014 B 490 .810±.078 .775+ 092 .03 5± .014 1.0491 055 Xylidine Prop 510 .663± 061 .628± 064 .035± .013 1.0561 025 -Ponceau A 510 .769± 250 .649± 200 - - at pH 1.7 520 - - .131± .057 1.3711 254 B 520 .854± 087 .805± 087 .0491 .022 1.1441 070 Toluidine B 520 -.0641 020 .760+ 240 Blue at 580 .4901.066 .525± 070 - . pH 4.0 ACKNOWLEDGM ENTS Authors are indebted to Dr. J. L. Moreira Leme (Museu de Zoologia, Univ. S. Paulo) for the identification of the specimens. LITERATURE CITED Barth, R. 1958. Metodos usados em micro- anatomiae histologia entomologjca. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 56: 453-471. Conn, H. J. 1967. Stains and staining. In Mc- Clung's Handbook of Microscopical Technique. Hafner Publ. Co., N. Y., pp. 72-111. Kohn, A. J., J. W. Nybakken and J.-J. Van Mol. 1972. Radula Tooth Structure of the Gastropod Conus imperialis Elucidated by Scanning Elec- tron Microscopy. Science 176: 49-51. Lison, L. 1960. Histochimie et Cytochimie Ani- males. Paris, Gauthier-Villars. Runhani, N. W. 1969. The use of the scanning electron microscope in the study of the gastro- pod radula: the radulae of Agriolimax reticu- latus and Nucella lapillus. Malacologia 9: 179-185. Tliomas, R. F. 1971. A scanning electron micro- scope study of the marginal teeth of Nerita peloronta Linnaeus. Tlie Nautilus 84: 118-119. Vidal, B. C. 1970. Dichroism in Collagen Bundles Stained with Xylidine-Ponceau 2R. Ann. His- toch. 15: 289-296. FIG. 11 00 0 r 50 0 — / c / y \ TB nm FIG. 1 1 . Curves of the dispersion of the birefringence. P = optical path differences (nm) Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 83 A NEW RECORD FOR LIGUUS: THE BOYNTON BEACH COLONY Alan K. Craig Department of Geography Florida Atlantic University Boca Raton. Florida 33432 ABSTRACT A new and disjunct northern range limit for Liguus fasciatus has been found at Boynton Beach, Florida. Coloration indicates affinity with extinct adjacent populations extending southward to Ft. Lauderdale. The relict beach ridge hammock habitat is highly restricted and destined to be destroyed. A surprising occurrence of Liguus fasciatus in a remnant of beach ridge hammock was noted by university personnel in 1970 in conjuction with routine botanical studies at Boynton Beach, Flor- ida. Subsequent investigation by the writer has confirmed the presence of a small colony existing at the northernmost limit of range under some interesting conditions not previously reported by earlier contributors such as Moore (1921), Pilsbry (1912. 1946). Rhoads (1899). Simpson (1921. 1922), and Young (1960). From historic accounts (Pierce: 1970) we know tropical hammock vegetation formerly extended in a narrow, almost unbroken band along the crest of beach ridges formed between Ft. Lauderdale and Lake Worth. Further northward hammock vegeta- tion was displaced by a more xeric dune cover consisting of Caribbean pine and palmetto. This habitat effectively precluded any diffusion of Liguus in that direction. Mangrove forests and the sawgrass environment of the Everglades created an impassable western boundary for these arboreal snails. Intense real estate development has destroyed almost every vestige of beach ridge hammock in southeast Florida. The only example remaining survives in an inconspicuous strip (400 x 50 yds.) crowded between U. S. Highway AlA and the Atlantic Ocean (Fig. 1). Thousands of residents and tourists daily pass by this relict habitat as they travel the busy highway or visit the public beach. The Boynton Beach hammock has developed a canopy 30-40 feet in height dominated by mature gumbo limbo, ficus, and seagrape. Many trees show marked wind shear in response to the prevailing southeast tradevwnd. In addition, a survey by Austin (1972) has shown the presehce of the plants indicated in Table 1. Trees from this group are commonly encountered in a very mature state, with many signs of storm damage and general senility. The hollow trunks, cavities and other damaged areas provide abundant estivation sites for the Liguus colony. Shading by the upper storey effectively precludes the growth of most under storey plants althougli a rather conspicuous layer of leaf mould and litter has accumulated over much of the hammock floor. A careful analysis of the vegetation indicates that it has been moderately to severely disturbed in the southern half of the hammock so that conditions approaching a natural equilibrium state are restricted largely to the northern half - amounting to little more than 10.000 sq. yds. total area. The Liguus population is further concentrated in a protected microhabitat situated to the leeward of the seagrape stand that occupies the beach ridge crest. On penetrating the hammock the abundance of empty shells of the carnivorous Euglandina rosea is FIG. 1. Interior of the Boynton Beach Hammock. 84 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 TABLE 1. Important botanical components of the Boynton Beach Hammock. Vol. 87 (3) Cenchnis tribuloides Sabal palmetto Serenoa repens Smilax bona-nox Coccoloba uvifera Yucca aloifolia Agave decipiens Hymenocalis latifolia Salix caroliniana Ficus aiirea Nectandra coriacea Capparis cynophallophora Capparis flexuosa *Forestiem segregata Chiococca alba Chrysobalaniis icaco Caesalpinia bonduc * - trees frequented by Ligiius Source: Austin and Weise (1972) Dalbergia ecastophyllum Pithecellobium keyense *Zanthoxylum fagara Simarouba glauca *Bursera simaruba Cnidoscolus stimulosus Croton punctatus *Metopium toxiferum Schinus terebinthifolius Toxicodendron radicans Knigiodendron ferreum Eugenia axillaris Eugenia myrtoides Ardisia escallonioides *Mastichodendron foetidissium Psvchotria nen'osa immediately noticeable. This strictly terrestrial snail is the control predator for the arboreal Ligiais. One has the impression that any Liguus unfortunate enough to be blown from a tree branch probably has little chance of returning to safety if it should fall more than a few feet from a tree trunk. A thorough search of the Boynton hammock has not revealed other terrestrial snails of substantial size that would provide suitable prey for E. rosea so I conclude that it subsists almost exclusively upon Liguus. Both animals are basically nocturnal and predation has not been witnessed by the writer although it has been reported elsewhere. It is possible that land crabs constitute another significant predator. Their burrows are present in low areas of the hammock and some Z./,gwi/x shells have been noted with damage suggestive of pincers. Specimens of Liguus from the Boynton Beach hammock have certain physical characteristics that may be especially significant. Adults are often quite elongate (40 mm x 15 mm), exceptionally thin-shcUed, and higlily porcellaneous on both interior and exterior surfaces. Adult coloration consists of two or more broad golden bands with narrow orange borders on a white background. These colors usually disappear beyond the penul- timate whorl. Many specimens disclose an affinity with the variety L. fasciatus septentrionalis (Pils.), having three or four fine olivaceous lines super- imposed on the gold bands. Althougli coloration as described is not duplicated by Liguus from other locations, we can reasonably assume that a gradation toward olive on white formerly existed in what was once a continuous population extend- ing southward to Ft. Lauderdale. However, the majority of dead shells collected from the ground are weathered to a dull white and often much broken. Juveniles of a different type appear frequently. These specimens are relatively robust and thick-shelled. Coloration is largely brownish fiames similar to L. marmoratus but no adults with this coloration have been seen. If L. marmoratus does prove to exist in the hammock together with L. fasciatus a problem in distribution exists since the former subspecies was never found in hummocks to the south at Yamato, Pompano, and Ft. Lauderdale according to Pilsbry (1946:102). Con- sequently its disjunct presence at the extreme northern limit of the range under natural circum- stances seems quite unlikely. However, artificial Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 85 implantation of this relatively common variety by some well-meaning conservationist in the past is a likely explanation. The possibility of aboriginal involvement must not be excluded as there is some indirect evidence of Indian presence in the hammock. Having found Ligiius in the densely populated locale of Boynton Beach, further efforts were made to seek it in some of the previously known localities listed above by Pilsbry and indicated on his earlier (1912) map. In every case the former hammock habitat was completely destroyed. The search was extended to the inland oak-palmetto hammocks but these likewise proved barren. Survival of Liguus in the Boynton hammock is not by mere accident (that is, beyond preservation of the hammock itself). Nearness to the sea with its ameliorating effect on winter temperatures is an obvious advantage to these cold-sensitive animals. Higli relative humidity fosters the growth of epiphytic algae and fungi providing abundant forage for tree snails (see Craig 1972 for details). Beach ridge substrate material along this part of the southeastern Florida coast is surprisingly siliceous (Craig et al: 1969), whereas Liguus are known to prefer habitats having a rocky, calca- reous substrate. In fact, the survival of a Liguus colony in an area not having a well-indurated substrate is difficult to demonstrate (with the possible exception of the Cape Sable area). Initially this lack of a rocky floor appeared to be an anomaly of the Boynton Beach site but in the course of investigation an outcrop of calcareous beach ridge rock was found along part of the western side of the hammock. Case-hardening (secondary cementation) of this strata may have a subtle effect on plant food intake of the vegeta- tion and thus be reflected in the shell structure of the tree snails. At the time this account was being written (Dec, 1971) the Boynton Beach hammock was still intact. It is, however, an extremely valuable tract from the real estate viewpoint and privately owned. Preservation of this unique site to date apparently is due to temporary lack of develop- ment funds as construction of a large multi-storied residential building was announced several years ago. It is unfortunate indeed that no organized effort has been made to save this last remnant of the primeval landscape for the benefit of future generations who can never know the splendid beauty of this forest once it is gone forever. LITERATURE CITED Austin, D. F. and J. G. Weise 1972. Annotated checklist of the Boynton Beach Hammock. Jour. Florida Acad. Sci. 35. Craig, A. K. 1972. Observations on the arboreal snail Orthalicus floridemis. Jour. Florida Acad. Sci. 35(1): 15-20. Craig, A. K., S. Dobkin, R. B. Grimm and J. B. Davidson 1969. The gastropod Siphonaria pecti- nata: a factor in destruction of beach rock. Amer. Zool. 9(3, ed. 2): 895-901. Moore, C. B. 1921. Liguus at Marco, Florida. The NautUus 34: 139-140. Pierce, C. W. 1970. Pioneer life in Southeast Florida. Univ. Miami Press, Coral Gables, Flor- ida. 1-264. Pilsbry, H. A. 1912. A study of the variation and zoogeography of Liguus in Florida. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 15: 429-471. Pilsbry, H. A. 1946. Land mollusca of North America (north of Mexico) Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., PhOadelphia, Pennsylvania. 2(1): 1-520. Rlioads, S. N. 1899. Annotated list of land and fresh-water shells recently coUected in the vicinity of Miami, Florida. The Nautilus 13: 43-47. Simpson, C. T. 1921. Florida West Coast Liguus. The Nautilus 35: 66-73. Simpson, C. T. 1922. A Search for Liguus. The Nautilus 35: 66-73. Simpson, C. T. 1929. The Florida Tree snails of the genus Liguus * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 73(Art.30): 1-44. Young, F. N. 1960. Color pattern variations among snails of the genus Liguus on the Florida Keys. Bull. Fla. St. Mus. 5: 259-266. 86 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) PISIDIUM HENSLOWANUM (SHEPPARD) IN WESTERN CANADA Stuart A. Harris Department of Geography The University of Calgary, 2920 24 Ave., N.W. Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2N1N4 ABSTRACT New localities of Pisidium henslowanum (Sheppardj are recorded for Alberta, British Columbia, the North-West Territories and Ontario. This species is found in snwll numbers in boreal North America where there are alkaline oligotrophic to somewhat entrophic waters of low to moderate salinity. Since it also occurs in post-glacial alluvial deposits over 7000 years old, it does not appear to be introduced species. Collections of freshwater mollusca by the writer from Western Canada between 1970 and 1972 have frequently yielded valves identical to Pisidium henslowanum (Sheppard) as described by Herring- ton (1962). Although it has been found in the Upper Pliocene and Early Pleistocene of Idaho (U. S. Geological Survey in Herrington, 1962, p. 41), Herrington (loc. cit.) has concluded that "this species appears to be introduced." Accordingly, it would seem appropriate to list the new occur- rences, and re-examine this conclusion. The mate- rial is in the collection of the author and a sampling in the Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware. NEW LOCALITIES Alberta Cardinal Lake, near Peace River; ponds between Cochrane and Calgary; Crimson Lake, near Rocky Mountain House; Elkwater Lake, 26 iniles south-east of Medicine Hat; Gull Lake, 10 iniles north of Red Deer; beaver pond on Lusk creek along the Kananaskis road, 3 miles south of Seebe; Ma-me-o beach. Pigeon Lake, 40 miles south of Edmonton; Vermilion Lakes at Banff; pond, one-quarter mile inside Waterton National Park; Lake Winnegami, near Peace River (also form supiuum). It is also known from the post-glacial alluvial deposits of the area around the Porcupine Hille (Harris and Pip. 1973). British Columbia Altrude Lake, Vermilion Pass, Kootenay Nation- al Park; Lake Columbia at Canal Flats; Dog Lake, Kootenay National Park; Kootenay Lake. Manitoba Lynch 's Pt., Lake Manitoba. North West Territories: Great Slave Lake at Hay River; latitude 63°9' N., and longitude 122° 14' W. in terrace deposits above the MacKenzie River. The last two samples were collected by A. N. Boydell. Ontario Lake Bancroft, at Bancroft; Lake Ontario at Hamilton. GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE Wlien these localities are added to those listed by Herrington (loc. cit.), and Sterki (1916), it is clear the Pisidium henslowanum is a fairly wide- spread boreal species ranging from the north-east United States almost to the Arctic Circle. It is never very abundant since it composed 3-13% of the valves collected at any particular site. Unless a large collection, say, 100 valves is made, it could easily be missed. HABITAT AND ECOLOGY Contrary to the statements in Herrington, this species occurs in ponds (e.g. at Waterton), in creeks (e.g. Lusk Creek, Kananaskis) and in small lakes (e.g., Altrude Lake, Lake Bancroft, Cardinal Lake and Dog Lake) in North America. The fact that it occurs in post-glacial, alluvium beneath Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 87 Mazamash (7000 years B.P.) agrees willi this interpretation and suggests that it was hving in tire area long before Emopean man set foot on this continent. The range of water quality noted so far is pH 7.2-9.4; 91-142 alkalinity (CaCO^ mg/litre): total hardness 101-179 (CaCO^ mg/htre) 138-797 ppm. dissolved salts; dissolved oxygen 7.7-13.4 ppm; bicarbonate 1.97-11.06 meq. /litres; chloride 0.02-3.00 meq./litre; nitrate 0.09-0.24 meq./litre; sulphate 0.02-1.25 meq./litre; phosphate 0.004-0.07 meq./litre; potassium 0.01-0.51 meq./litre; mag- nesium 0.58-14.17 meq./litre; calcium 0.50-2.87 meq./litre; and sodium 0.08-8.70 meq./litre. Thus it favors alkaline waters of low-moderate salinity in zones of calcareous soil and rock. The water may be oligotrophic to somewhat entrophic and is normally characterized by dominance of the bicarbonate anion. Since it occurs in Lake Mani- toba, it may also survive where sulphate ions are fairly abundant. Presumably, this explains why it has not been reported from the extremely low salinity waters of central British Columbia and parts of the shield of Northern Ontario. It has yet to be found in the waters with higlier salinities in the south-central Prairie Provinces. LITERATURE CITED Harris, S. A., and Pip, E., 1973. MoUusca as a means of determining late and post-glacial climatic history in Alberta. Can. Jour. Zool. in press. Herrington, H. B., 1962. A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North America (Mollusca: Pelecy- poda). Museum of Zool; Univ. of Michigan Misc. Paper No. 118, 74 pp. Sterki, V., 1916. A preliminary catalogue of the North American Sphaeriidae. Ann, Carnegie Mus., 10 {%). pp. 429-74. CORBICULA IN SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA James T. Carlton California Academy of Sciences San Francisco, California 94118 Living specimens of the introduced Asiatic Clam, Corbicula manilensis (Philippi, 1 844) (the same as C. fluminea of authors), were collected on February 24, 1973, from Stow Lake, a small, shallow, artificial body of water in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California. While Corbicula is well-known from the Sacramento-San Joaquin Del- ta of central California (and especially in the Delta-Mendota Canal), as well as from the South Bay Aqueduct, this is the first record of this exotic clam on the San Francisco Peninsula. Only two living specimens were found (measuring ap- proximately 17.2 mm and 17.6 mm in length. indicating an age of perhaps one and a half years), but several dead and smaller valves (the smallest 8.5 mm in length) collected at the same time suggest the presence of a reproducing population. The largest dead valve measures approximately 21.7 mm in length. Tlie clams were found in about 12 inches of water on a muddy substrate, along the southeastern shore of the lake. The presence in large numbers of the native mussel, Anodonta wahlamctensis Lea, 1838, in Stow Lake may provide an opportunity for students to study the effects of the introduction of Corbicula on the mussel population. THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) CYCLOSTREMELLA. A PLANISPIRAL PYRAMIDELLID Robert Robertson Academy of Natural Sciences Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 The genus Cyclostremella Bush (1897) was originally placed in the family Vitrinellidae. Tliiele (1929) ranked it as a doubtful subgenus of Daronia A. Adams in the subfamily Skeneinae (family Trochidae). Defining it conchologically. Donald R. Moore (1966) has proposed the family Cyclostremellidae. One character setting it apart from vitrinellids, trochaceans and most other proso- branchs (except mathildids and architectonicids) is its hyperstrophic protoconch. The type-species of Cyclostremella (by original designation) is C. humilis Bush (1897) which is probably the most abundant minute gastropod on the Texas coast, although rarely collected alive (Ode, 1966-1968; Boone, 1969). Mrs. Constance (Mollis Q.) Boone of Houston has kindly sent me two living specimens which she found among polychaete tubes washed ashore at Bryan Beach, Freeport, Texas, on November 26, 1972. Tlie external body morphology closely resem- bles that of the five species of east American odostomias (sensu late) with which I am familiar; the resemblance to Odostomia dianthophila Wells & Wells is particularly close. The pair of purplish black eyes is posteromedian to the base of the fairly short tentacles. (Bush also observed that "two large black eyes [are] close together on the top of the head"). The tentacles are ciliated and concave ventrolaterally; the cilia near the tip are longer than the others. A narrow mentum is present and this can extend beyond the anterior end of the foot, which is slightly cleft medially. The operculum is as described and illustrated by Bush and Moore. Behind the head there is some grey speckling. A shallow anal sinus is present both on the shell and the mantle edge. The pigmented mantle organ ('? hypobranchial gland) is greenish white anteriorly and briglit yellow and brown to the posterior and right. All these characters are in accord with the European pyraniidellids studied by Fretter and Graham (1949). For final proofs of the pyramidellid nature of Cyclostremella I squashed each animal under a cover slip. No radula is present (Bush had been unable to find one either). Instead there is an elongate buccal stylet together with an oral sucker at the tip of a long acrembolic proboscis (deeply inverted in the specimens studied). C humilis is hermaphroditic: both oocytes and spermatozoa were observed in the gonad of one of the specimens. The spermatozoa are long-tailed and have corkscrew-shaped heads that are like those of the pyramidellid described and figured by Franzen (1955, fig. 84). Such spermatozoa are unknown among prosobranchs (ibid., pp. 449-450). No other known pyramidellid approaches Cyclo- stremella in shell shape. Thus spire height per se is not a good familial character. With its low spire, Cyclostremella is convergent with the Architec- tonicidae which have, however, much larger proto- conchs (those of C humilis are only 0.28 mm in diameter) and differ conchologically in other ways too. LITERATURE CITED Boone, C. 1969. Bring 'em back alive. Texas Conchologist 5(8): 85. Bush, K. J. 1897. Revision of the marine gastropods referred to Cyclostrema, Adeorbis, Vitrinella. and related genera; with descriptions of some new genera and species belonging to the Atlantic fauna of America. Trans. Con- necticut Acad. Sci. 10(3): 97-144. 10 figs., pis. 22-23. Franzen, A. 1955. Comparative morphological investigations into the spermiogenesis among Mollusca. Zoologjska Bidrag fran Uppsala 30: 399-456. 146 figs., 2 pis., 2 tables. Fretter, V. and A. Graham. 1949. The structure and mode of life of the Pyramidellidae, para- sitic opisthobranchs. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom [ser. 2] 28: 493-532. 12 figs. Moore, D. R. 1966. The Cyclostremellidae, a new family of prosobranch moUusks. Bull. Mar. Sci. 16(3): 480-484. 6 figs. Ode, H. 1966. Relative abundance of shells at Galveston. Texas Conchologist 2 (6): [8]. Ode, H. 1967. Some Galveston records of new and unusual shells. Texas Conchologist 3(9): [6-8] Ode, H, 1968. Cyclostremella humilis Bush 1897. Texas Conchologist 5(4): 38-39, 1 fig. Thiele, J. 1929. Handbuch der systematischen- Wcichtierkunde. Jena: Fischer 1(1): 1-376, 470 figs. Vol. 87 (3) THE NAUTILUS 89 OBITUARY G. Bruce Campbell, M.D. (1934-1973) G. Bruce Campbell was born October 14, 1934, at Wichita, Kansas, and died suddenly, February 28, 1973, at Victorville, California. He graduated from the school of medicine, Loma Linda Univer- sity, in 1959, at the top of his class, and interned at the Glendale Adventist Hospital. After one year of residency in neurosurgery at the White Memor- ial Hospital in Los Angeles, he transfered to a dermatology residency at the same hospital. Since 1970, he had practiced dermatology at Victorville, California. He married Anita Martin in 1955. Besides his widow, he leaves three children. As a boy. Dr. Campbell was an ardent butterfly collector, and assembled a fine collection from the United States and Cuba. He was also interested in orchid culture and in raising cats for show. While a medical student, he developed a deep interest in marine shells of West Mexico. He made many shore collecting, diving, and dredging trips to Baja California, Guaymas, and Mazatlan. He was the president of the Conchologjcal Club of Southern California in 1962, and the vice-chairman of the American Malacological Union-Pacific Division in 1968. For the past few years, due to health problems, he was inactive with his collection. However, he had recently renewed his interest, and was planning a collecting trip to Panama at the time of his death. He was especially interested in the fossO and recent Typhinae and was compiling data for a monograph of the family. He will be deeply missed by liis many friends and especially the writer, since we shared many collecting trips and also shared our professional office. Trigono- stoma campbelli Shasky, 1964, was named in his honor. Bibliography of G. Bruce Campbell 1961a. Range extension for Terebra ornata Gray, 1834. The Veliger, 3(4): 112. 1961b. Colubrariidae (Gastropoda) of tropical West America, with a new species. The Nautilus, 74(4): 136-142, pi. 10. 1961c. Four new Panamic gastropods. The Veliger, 4(1): 25-28, pL 5. 1961d. Range extension of Anatina cyprinus (Wood 1828). ibid, 4(2): 115, 3 text figure. 1962. A new deep-water Anadara from the Gulf of California, ibid, 4(3): 152-154, pi. 37, 1 text figures. 1963a. Rediscovery of Terebra formosa Deshayes, 1857. ibid. 5(3): 122. 1963b. A new marine research station at Guaymas, Mexico, ibid, 5(3): 122. 1963c. (With Burch, J. Q.) Four new Olivella from the Gulf of California. The Nautilus, 76(4): 120-126, pis. 6, 7. 1963d. (With Burch, J. Q.) A new genus for deep-water California naticid. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 35: 221-225, pi. 5. 1963e. (With Burch, J. Q.) Shaskyus, new genus of Pacific Coast Muricidae (Gastropoda). Jour. de Conchyl. 103(4): 201-206, pL 6. 1964a. New terebrid species from the Eastern Pacific (Mollusca: Gastropoda). The Veliger, 6(3): 132-138, pi. 17. 1964b. (With Keen, A. M.) Ten new species of Typhinae, (Gastropoda; Muricidae). ibid, 7(1): 46-57, pis. 8-11, 3 text figures. 1964c. (With Shasky, D. R.) New and otherwise interesting species of mollusks from Guaymas, 90 THE NAUTILUS July 30, 1973 Vol. 87 (3) Sonora, Mexico, ibid, 7(2); 114-120, pis. 21, 22, 1 text figure, 1 map. Names Proposed by G. Bruce Campbell adairensis Campbell, Terebra (Strioterebnim). 1964 altatae Burch and Campbell, Olivella (Olivellaj, 1963 anitae Campbell, Nassarina (Zanassarina). 1961 berry'i Campbell. Terebra (Strioterebnim). 1961 Calinaticina Burch and Campbell, 1963 churea Campbell, Terebra (Strioterebnim). 1964 clarki Keen and Campbell, Typhis (Typhinopsis), 1964 cortezi Shasky and Campbell. Crassispira (Stri- ospira). 1964 crebriforma Shasky and Campbell. Clathurella (Li- oglyphostoma). 1 964 Distichotyphis Keen and Campbell, 1964 diishanae Campbell. Terebra (Strioterebnim). 1964 eri'tlirostigma Keen and Campbell. Siphonochelus (Sipfionochelus), 1964 fayae Keen and Campbell. Pterotyphis (Tripter- otyphis). 1964 hyphalopilema Campbell, Amdora(Scapharca), 1962 imperialis Keen and Campbell. Typhis (Typhina). 1964 ludbrookae Keen and Campbell. Laevityphis (Laevi- typhis). 1964 mcleani Shasky and Campbell. Calliostoma, 1964 myrae Campbell, Trivia (Piisula). 1961 ninfae Campbell. Terebra (Strioterebnim). 1961 nipponensis Keen and Campbell. Sipiionochcliis (Siphonochelus). 1 964 precursor Keen and Campbell, Tvphis (Talitvphis). 1964 schencki* Keen and Campbell, Laevityphis (Laev- ityphis). 1964 Shaskyus Burch and Campbell. 1963 sphoni Burch and Campbell. Olivella (Olivella). 1963 steveni Burch and Campbell. Olivella (Olivella). 1963 steveni campbelli Burch and Campbell, Olivella (Olivella). 1963 teramachii Keen and Campbell, Typhis (Tyhpina). 1964 vemae Keen and Campbell. Distichotyphis, 1964 xavieri Campbell, Columbraria. 1961 by Donald R. Shaskv, 229 Cajon Street Redlands. California 92373 VI VIP A R US MA L LEA TUS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE Frank Perron and Thomas Probert Box 2146, Babcock Hall University of New Hampshire Durham, N. H. 03824 A large population of Vivipanis malleatus (Reeve) was found on May 25, 1972, in the Cocheco River in the town of Rochester. New Hampshire. William J. Clench kindly verified the identification, and we believe that this is the first record of V. malleatus in this state. Specimens were deposited in The Ohio State Museum, Columbus. Ohio. The snaUs occupy an extensive area of slack water backed up above the Rochester town dam. The substrate is quite sandy, but is covered with a thick layer of algae. It has been noted that the snail population is densest near a large trailer park where concrete septic tanks have been built very close to the river. Finally, these snails share the substrate with Elliptio complanatus. Alasmidonta undulata. Amnicola limosa, and Helisoma anceps. Heretofore, this species has been recorded by Abbott (1950) from San Francisco (1891); San Jose, California (1900); Muddy River, Boston Massachusetts. W. J. Clench (1914); Lake Quin- sigamond, Worcester. Massachusetts (1917); Fair- mount Park, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (1925); St. Petersburg. Florida (1950); near Niagara Falls, New York (1942). The Delaware Museum of Natural History (R. T. Abbott, in lift.) has specimens from Putnam Pond, Fitchburg. Massachusetts, K. and R. Wriglit, January 1973; Roosevelt Common Pond. Tenafly, New Jersey, Alice D. Barlow. October 1968; Pine Tree Brook, Milton, Massachusetts, Clench and R. D. Turner, May 1957; Central Park, New York City, 1970; Sawntill Lake, Higlt Point Park. N. J., Dorothy Fackert, 1971. LITERATURE CITED Abbott, R. Tucker. 1950. Snail Invaders. Natural History 59(2): 80-85. INFORMATION FOR SUBSCRIBERS The annual subscription rate for The Nautilus is $7.00 for individuals and $12.00 for institutions (domestic or foreign). Subscriptions may begin in January. Send check or money order to "The Nautilus" to Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa. 19083. Back issues from volume 72 to date are obtainable from the Business Manager. Volumes 1 through 71 (if available) may be obtained in reprint or original form from Kraus Reprint Co., Route 100, Millwood, New York 10546. Advertising rates may be obtained from the Business Manager or Editor. CONTRIBUTORS Manuscripts: Authors are requested to follow the recommendations of the Style Manual for Biological Journals, which may be purchased from the American Institute of Biological Sciences, 2000 "P" Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036. Manuscripts should be typewritten and doublespaced; original and one copy are required, to facilitate reviews. Tables, numbered in arable, should be on separate pages, with the title at the top. Legends to photographs should be typed on separate sheets. Explanatory terms and symbols within a drawing should be neatly printed, or they may be pencilled in on a translucent overlay, so that the printer may set them in 8 pt. type. There is a charge of 50 cents per word for this extra service. All authors or their institutions will be charged 50 cents per line of tabular material and taxonomic keys. The pubhshers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $32 per printed page. An abstract should accompany each paper. Reprints and covers are available at cost to authors. When proof is returned to authors, information about ordering reprints will be given. They are obtained from the Economy Printing Co., Inc., R. D. 3, Box 169, Easton, Maryland 21601. MOLLUSK VOUCHER SPECIMENS It is becoming increasingly important for future research purposes that an identified sampling of species mentioned in pubUcations be deposited in a permanent, accessible museum specializing in mollusks. This is particularly true of mollusks used in physiological, medical, parasitological, ecological, and experimental projects. The Delaware Museum of Natural History has extensive, modern facilities and equipment for the housing and curating of voucher specimens. Mater- ial should be accompanied by the identification, locality data and its bibliographic reference. There is no charge for this permanent curating service, and catalog numbers, if desired, will be sent to authors prior to publication. OCTOBER 1973 THE NAUTILUS Vol. 87 No. 4 A quarterly devoted to malacology and the interests of conchologists Founded 1889 by Henry A. Pilsbry. Continued by H. Burrington Baker. Editors: R. Tucker Abbott and Charles B. Wurtz EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. Department of Mollusks National Museum of Canada Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A-0M8 Dr. William J. Clench Curator Emeritus Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02 138 Dr. William K. Emerson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 1 0024 Mr. Morris K. Jacobson Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 10024 Dr. Aurele La Rocque Department of Geology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. James H. McLean Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, California 90007 Dr. Arthur S. Merrill Biological Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service Oxford, Maryland 21654 Dr. Donald R. Moore Division of Marine Geology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 10 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 Dr. Joseph Rosewater Division of Mollusks U. S. National Museum Washington, D.C. 20560 Dr. G. Alan Solem Department of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois 60605 Dr. David H. Stansbery Museum of Zoology The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio 43210 Dr. Ruth D. Turner Department of Mollusks Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass. 02138 Dr. Gilbert L. Voss Division of Biology School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 1 0 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 EDITORS Dr. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 Dr. Charles B. Wurtz 3220 Penn Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19129 Mrs. Horace B. Baker Business and Subscription Manager 1 1 Chelten Road Havertown, Pennsylvania 1 9083 OFFICE OF PUBLICATION Delaware Museum of Natural History Kennett Pike, Route 52 Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 Second Class Postage paid at Wilmington, Delaware Subscription Price: $7.00 (see inside back cover) THE NAUTILUS Volume 87, number 4 - October 1973 CONTENTS R. Tucker Abbott Acteon eloiseae, a New Opisthobranch from Arabia 91 Michael A. Rex and Kenneth J. Boss Systematics and Distribution of the Deep-sea Gastropod, Epitonium ( Eccliseogyraj nitidum 93 Francisco J. Palacio On the Double Hectocotylization of Octopods 99 William A. Sodeman, Jr. The Influence of Light on Biomphalaria glabrata 1 03 Morris K. Jacobson On the Identity of Helicina granulum Pfeiffer (Prosobranchia) 1 07 Wayne D. Cable The Valvular Membrane in Young Mactrid Clams, Spisula solidissima 110 Kenneth W. Turgeon and Richard A. Fralick Size and Sex Ratio Differences in Urosalpinx cinerea (Say) (Muricidae) from Great Bay, New Hampshire 112 Willard N. Harman The Mollusca of Canadarago Lake and a New Record for Lasmigona compressa (Lea) 114 Richard W. FuUington Obituary of Elmer P. Cheatum (1901-1973) 115 Book Reviews (of) Percy A. Morris, 102; Edwin A. Joyce, Jr 114 INDEX TO THE NAUTILUS The extensive 279-page Author Index to The Nautilus, vols. 1-75, compiled and published by Aurele La Rocque in 1963 is still available (unbound) for the extremely low price of $2.00 postpaid. A continuation, covering vols. 76-85, was recently published in no. 49 of Sterkiana, 1972. Reprints of this very useful addition are also available for 25 cents. When ordering both of these indispensable indices, we suggest an addi- tional 50 cents be added to cover postage. Write: Dr. AurSle La Rocque, 125 South Oval Dr., Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio 43210. vu american malacologists presenting an indispensable desk companion for all mollusk research workers and historians . . . a national register of living professional and amateur conchologists plus biographies of 500 great, as well as little-known, American malacologists of the past Here are the facts about each biog- raphee — date and place of birth, occu- pation, educational record, protessional career, present position, malacological and civic memberstiips, writings (in- cluding titles of most important papers and books), current mollusk research activities, extent of shell collection, expeditions, sources of additional bio- graphical information, marital status, current address — all in a clear and compact style. Also contains Three Major Cross- Indexings with over 1,000 biographees arranged (1) geographically by states and cities, (2) by current research ac- tivities, and (3) by occupations. ISBN No. 0-913792-02-0 American Malacolpgists 6314 Waterway Drive Falls Church. Va. 22044 normally lists for $12.50 I I for institutional libraries (20% discount) $10.00 I I special PRE-PUBLICATION cost (for unlisted persons until Dec. 1, 1973) $10.00 ;|-Ja^ cj/l^// Laolnet Successor to : Richard E. Petit and John Q, Burch SPECIMEN SHELLS NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS OLIVE SHELLS OF THE WORLD ROWLAND F. ZEICLEf) HUMBERT C PORRECA International Directory of Conchologists ■ $3.50 A current worldwide list of 2,000 people interested in mollusks and in exchanging shells. Gives addresses ; and interests. Available only from The Shell Cabinet. ; Olive Shells of the World by Zeigler and Porreca - i $12.95 : 13 full-page color plates illustrating over 150 species ; and named varieties. The only current treatment of ; the popular family. Clothbound. Available from your ; book store or directly from us. 3 I Other Recently Published Shell Books Available • I Post Office Box 29, Falls Church, Virginia 22046 ! A. Hare Coltcctor*s Item - . SWIIHS0H £XOm €OI€IOLMI now available at a startlmgly low price! Now only |/i.75 (formerly S30,00) The few remaining copies of tliis unusual facsimile have been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries, scientists and amateur conchologists, 48 beautiful, colored plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's 1834 and 1841 cl.issic, together with the original text and a modern analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan. Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12 inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your favorite book dealer or directly from the Delaware Museum of Natural History Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A. VIU Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 91 ACTEON ELOISEAE, A NEW OPISTHOBRANCH FROM ARABIA R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Greenville, Delaware 19807 In 1970, Dr. Donald Bosch of the American Mission Hospital in the Muscat obtained eight specimens of an undescribed species of Acteon. Unfortunately, soft parts were not preserved, although one shell contained a dried operculum. When the radulae are known it may be possible to place properiy this species which closely resembles members of the genus or subgenus Maxacteon Rudman, 1971. I take great pleasure in naming this species after the discoverer's wife, Eloise Bosch. Acteon eloiseae new species, Abbott Figs. 1-4 Diapiosis—kA\Ai shell 30 to 35 mm, stoutly ovate, solid, spirally and closely grooved, with about 7 whorls and a low spire. Color white with 3 spiral rows of large rose-colored, crescent-shaped, irregular splotches, each of which is bordered by a strong black Une. Columella white, with one spiral cord. It is most similar to Acteon flammeus (Gmelin) but the latter is smaller, less obese, with more numerous axial flames of color which are lacking the black borders. Description—ShtW 30 to 35 mm in length (1 3/8 inches), stoutly ovate, soUd, with a deep but minute umbilicus; whorls 7 to 8; nuclear whorls 2, smooth, white. Postnuclear whorls in the spire with 5 to 7 deep, narrow spiral grooves which are crossed by regular, microscopic axial threads giving a pitted appearance. Between the grooves there are raised, slightly rounded cords crossed by numerous weak growth threads. Last whorl with about 30 grooves. Suture slightly channeled. Aperture ovate, narrow above white within. Spire slightly eleVated and about 1/3 to 1/4 the length of the shell. Outer lip thin and sharp. Parietal callus thick and translucent white. Columella thick, glistening white and bearing a single, smooth, large, spiral cord which runs back into the aperture. Umbilicus very narrow and deep, well-grooved. Periostracum thin, translucent tan, but thicker in the umbilical region. Color of shell white, with 3 spiral bands of irregular, crescent-shaped, rose to crimson blotches which are bordered by a narrow black line. The latter is usually wider on the adapertural side. There are 6 to 7 blotches on the top and bottom rows and about 11 in the middle row. Operculum thin, chitinous, translucent amber, elongate, 14 nun in length, 6 mm in width (from a shell 31 mm in length). Nucleus indistinct and at the broader thick end. It resembles the operculum of Acteon tomatilis (Linn^) in shape. FIGS. 1-3. Acteon eloiseae Abbott, new species, Figs. 1, 2. holotype, Delaware Museum Natural History, no. 27213. 31 mm in length. Fig. 3. Exterior of chitinous operculum 14 mm in length. 92 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Measurements (mm) - m length 31.0 width 19.5 m 34.8 22.2 % 34.6 21.5 -% 34.1 21.6 31.0 19.5 Vol. 87 (4) no. whorls 7.0 holotype 8.0 paratype 8.0 paratype 8.0 paratype 7.0 paratype Types— The type locality: Al Masirali Island, Oman Protectorate, southeast Arabia. Collected by fishermen in shallow water near shore, 1970. Holotype in the Delaware Museum of Natural History, no. 27213. Paratypes in Delaware Museum of Natural History, no. 67746, and in the collection of Dr. Donald Bosch. Remarks- Acteon eloiseae is a very colorful and attractive species of unusual large size, and is characterized by the three rows of large, black-bordered, rose-colored blotches. Its nearest relative, found in the Indian and southwest Pacific Oceans, A. flammeus (GmeUn), differs in having twice as many, narrower, pinkish rose, axial flames of color wliich lack the black borders. Other curious marine moUusks inhabiting the waters of this island include Cypraea teuleri Cazenavette, 1846, and Cymatium boschi Abbott and Lewis, 1970. american malacologists EDITOR-IN-CHIEF R. Tucker Abbott duPont Chair of Malacology, Delaware Museum of Natural History a national register of living professional and amateur conchologists $12.50 plus biographies of 500 great, as well as little-known, American malacologists of the past FIG. 4. Acteon eloiseae Abbott, new species. Paratype, details of sculpture and color pattern X6. FIG. 5. Details of sculpture and color pattern of Acteon flammeus (Gmelin, 1791) from Praia de Chocas, Mozambique. X6. Photos by the author American Malacologists 6314 Watprway Drive Falls Church, Va. 22044 Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 93 SYSTEMATICS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE DEEP SEA GASTROPOD EPITONIUM (ECCLISEOGYRA) NITIDUM Michael A. Rex Department of Biology, University of Massachusetts Boston, Massachusetts 02116 and Kenneth J. Boss Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 ABSTRACT Recent deep sea dredging in the western North Atlantic and South Atlantic Oceans has yielded new specimens of the rare, open-coiled gastropod Epitonium nitidum (Verrill and Smith). It is the type-species of the subgenus Eccliseogyra Dall, 1892, which is now removed from the subfamily Liotiinae (family Turbinidaej and placed in the genus Epitonium (family Epitoniidaej. The synonymy and Pan-Atlantic distribution of this species are discussed. INTRODUCTION In 1 885, Verrill described a fragment of an open-coiled gastropod shell dredged by the Alba- tross as Delphinula nitida and provisionally re- ferred the unusual species to the prosobranch family Trochidae. Subsequently, Dall (1889a) assigned nitida to Laxispira Gabb, a subgenus of Liotia Gray in the Delphinulidae. But later, after discovering that Gabb's taxon was based on a fossil cast or mold of Siliquaria, Dall (1892) proposed the subgenus Eccliseogyra for nitida. A very similar, but intact, specimen was described from the Challenger material by Watson (1886) as vermetiformis and placed in the genus Scalaria Lamarck, now a synonym of Epitonium Roding (Clench and Turner, 1951). Locard (1897 a, b) named two additional specimens collected during the Travailleur and Talisman expeditions as Scalaria dissoluta, distinguishing them from S. vermetiformis Watson on the basis of minor differences in shell size, shape and sculpture. Bayer (1971) first suggested that, except for the relative height of the spire, Verrill's and Watson's species were "close ... if not identical." Recent deep sea dredging operations on vessels of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (Sanders, Hessler, and Hampson, 1965) have yield- ed numerous additional specimens of nitida (Table 1 and Figure 1). This new material was compared with the holotype of vermetiformis Watson, the FIG. 1. Typical specimen of E. nitidum (Verrill and Smith) from the western North Atlantic (Chain station 103, see Table 1). Height 6.3 mm. 94 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) paratype of dissohita Locard, additional fragments identified by Verrill as nitida (USNM 78566), but evidently never reported on, and Bayer's excellent photograph (1971: Figure 11, D). It is concluded that all belong to the same species and that previously noted small differences between speci- mens are aspects of intraspecific character variation. Keen (1960) considered Eccliseogyra Dall a genus and placed it in the family Turbinidae of the superfamily Trochacea. On the basis of morphological features of its type species, Ec- cliseogyra is here considered a subgenus of Epi- tonium and is transferred to the Epitoniidae. SYSTEMATICS The following synonymy summarizes the nomenclatorial history of this species. Genus Epitonium Roding 1798 Subgenus Eccliseogyra Dall 1892 Eccliseogyra Dall 1892, Trans. Wag. Free Inst. Sci. 3: 307 (type species: Delphinula nitida Verrill and Smith 1885, by monotypy). Solutiscala de Boury 1909, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris 15: 482 (type species: Scalaria [=Epitonium] dissoluta Locard, original designation). Epitonium (Eccliseogyra) nitidum (Verrill and Smith 1885) Figs. 1-4; Table 1 Delphinula nitida Verrill and Smith 1885 [in] Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 6 (2): 424-425, pi. 44, fig. 11. (Albatross Sta. 2229, off Chesapeake Bay, 37°38'40" N; 73°16'30"W, 1423 fathoms [= 2602 meters] ; holotype in the USNM destroyed); paratype, USNM 78566, Albatross Sta. 2714, SW of Nantucket, 38°22'N; 70°17'30"W, 1825 fathoms [= 3338 meters] . Scalaria vermetifonnis Watson 1886, Challenger Repts., Zool. 15: 142, pi. 9, fig. 6. (Challenger Sta. 122, off Pemambuco (Recife], Brazil, 09°5'S; 34°50'W, 350 fathoms [= 640 meters] ; holotype in BMNH). Liotia (Laxispira) nitida (Verrill [sic] ). Dall 1 889, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 18: 386 [generic and subgeneric affinities of nitida discussed] ; Dall 1889, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 37: 166, pi. 46, fig. 1 1 [Verrill and Smith's figure of nitida reproduced] . Liotia (Eccliseogyra) nitida (Verrill [sic]). Dall 1892, Trans. Wag. Free Inst. Sci. 3 (2): 307 [nitida assigned to a new subgenus] . Scalaria dissoluta (P. Fischer MS) Locard 1897. L'Echange, Revue Linneenne, 145, p. 3; Locard 1897. Exped. Sci. Travailleur et Talisman, MoUusques Testaces 1: 407-408, pi. 19, figs. 1-3 (Talisman Sta. 113, off Cape Verde Islands, 495-618 meters [corrected to 80-110 meters by Smith, 1 888] ; location of figured holotype unknown; paratype, here figured, Travailleur Sta. 3 [1881, Atlantic Series], W of Portugal, 39°47'50"N; 9°51'45"W, 3307 meters). Solutiscala (Solutiscala) vermetiformis (Watson). Clench and Turner 1952, Johnsonia 2: 347, pi. 170, figs. 1-2. Epitonium (Solutiscala,) vermetiforme (Watson). Bayer 1971, BuU. Mar. Sci. 21: 133, fig. 11 d (Gerda Sta. G-966, Straits of Florida SW of Marquesas Keys, 24°10'N; 82°22'W, 544-549 meters). REMARKS A specimen from the new material dredged in the western North Atlantic (Table 1) is shown in Figure 1 . For comparison, the paratype of Scalaria dissoluta Locard and the holotype of Scalaria vermetiformis Watson are illustrated in Figures 2 and 3 respectively. The protoconch was described by Watson (1886, p. 142, pi. 9, fig. 6; see also Figure 3 this paper). It is brown in color, has four connected whorls and is sculptured with closely placed axial ribs. The postlarval shell was described by Verrill (1885). It is delicate and whitish gray in color. Whorls are circular in cross-section and are completely disconnected. Sculpture consists of many closely placed spiral ribs crossed by delicate axial lamellae which completely circumscribe the whorls. As Verrill (1885) pointed out, the lamellae are more elevated on the upper, inner and lower surface of the whorls (see, e.g.. Figure 1). This fact, along with the broken appearance of the lamellae, suggests that they are normally more extended, but have been damaged during dredging. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 95 Except for the relative height of the spire, there is Httle variation among the specimens that we have examined. The width to height ratio at the end of the fourth whorl ranges from 0.68 (specimen in Figure 1) to 0.48 (specimen in Figure 2). From its general appearance, nitidum is refer- able to Epitonium and we concur with Clench and Turner (1952) who placed it in the subgenus Solutiscala which deBoury (1909) estabUshed for the uncoiled species. However, deBoury's taxon, is a junior subjective synonym of Eccliseogyra Dall 1892 and, thus, the proper nomen for the species is Epitonium (Eccliseogyra) nitidum. Unfortunately, both Verrill's surviving fragment and specimens in the new material are missing the distinctive protoconch illustrated by Watson (1886, pi. 9, fig. 6). Several specimens in the new material show remains of broken eroded apices which are smooth and lack periostracum. However, the similarities both in the sculpture and in the FIG. 2. Paratype of Scalaria dissoluta Locard f'Travailleur staHon 3, off Portugal, MNHP 642). Specimen decollated, height 5.5 mm, coated with magnesium oxide for photography. FIG. 3. Holotype of Scalaria vermetiformis Watson /■Challenger station 122, off Pemambuco [Recife], Brazil, BMNH 87.2.9.500. Specimen complete with protoconch, height 4.8 mm, coated with magnesium oxide for photography. form of postlarval whorls are sufficient to justify the synonymy of vermetiformis and dissoluta with nitidum Epitonium revolutum (Hedley, 1899), reported from shallow water in Funafuti Atoll, is reminis- cent of E. nitidum because of its open-coiled shell, and was included in Solutiscala by deBoury (1909). However, it can be clearly distinguished by its less numerous and more pronounced varices. Ladd (1972) recently noted this species from the Late Miocene of Palau. An unusual feature of E. nitidum is its open-coiled or alloiostrophic (Simroth 1896-1907) FIG. 4. The distribution of Epitonium nitidum (Verrill and Smith, 1885) in the Atlantic Ocean. Solid stars indicate individual records, and the open star in the western North Atlantic represents a composite of the first nine new records presented in Table 1 and two previous records from Verrill discussed in the text. 96 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) condition. Coiling in snails was described by Raup (1966) in terms of four geometric parameters: whorl shape (S), rate of whori expansion (W), distance of whorls from the coiling axis (D), and translation rate along the coiling axis (T). Yochel- son (1971) pointed out that "open coiling may occur if any of these components is large enough to prevent contact of the whoris." In isostrophic (planispiral) shells it obtains when either D > - or W >-(Raup, 1967; Yochelson, 1971). In ortho- D strophic (downward spiraling) forms such as E. nitidum it is generally achieved by having an exceptionally high translation rate. Alloiostrophy occurred in numerous hneages of fossU gastropods (cf Wenz, 1938) and is widespread in Recent fresh-water and marine prosobranchs as well as in terrestrial and fresh-water pulmonates (Boss and Rex in prep.). In the Vermetidae, open coOing provides increased surface area for cementation (Gould, 1966), but the adaptive significance of open coiling in other cases is not clear. In sedentary deposit, or suspension feeding forms it might function to maintain position in the substratum. DISTRIBUTION New locality records for E. nitidum are present- ed in Table 1, and all known localities are plotted in Fig. 4. The horizontal distribution pattern depicted in Fig. 4 is largely an artifact of where extensive dredging has taken place. It is evident, however, that the geographic range of the species includes both the eastern and western North Atlantic, and a Pan-Atlantic distribution appears Ukely. Un- fortunately, there is some confusion about the location and depth of Talisman station 113. Locard (1897 b) variously cited this station as being located either in the Azores or the Cape Verde Islands at depths ranging from 495 to 1983 meters. We have followed Smith (1888) in placing Talisman station 113 in the Cape Verde Islands at depths of 80-110 meters (Fig. 4). Though a comparatively rare species', nitidum exhibits nearly the same broad geographic range as dominant deep sea gastropod species such as Cithna tenella Jeffreys, Adeorbis umbilicatus Jeffreys, Mangelia bandella Dall, and Lacuna cossmanni Locard (Rex, 1972). Madsen (1961) and Knudsen (1970) have shown that macro-topographic relief of the ocean floor, such as the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, does not exert an important influence on the distribution of many deep sea benthic invertebrate groups. This appears to be true of some gastropods, including E. nitidum In the northwestern Atlantic, E. nitidum has been collected only between the depths of 2022 and 4693 meters (Table 1) despite extensive dredging both above and below these depths. However, in more equatorial regions the species' bathymetric range extends into much shallower waters including the upper continental slope off Brazil {Challenger Sta. 122, 640 meters), off Florida {Gerda Sta. G-966, 544-549 meters), and the continental shelf in the Cape Verde Islands {Talisman Sta. 113, 80-110 meters according to Smith 1888). Thus nitidum has a vertical distribu- tion ranging from the continental shelf to the abyssal plain. Deep sea benthic invertebrate species with wide horizontal distribution are typically eurybathic (Vinogradova 1959), but this tendency has not previously been reported for gastropods because of inadequate material. It should be noted that this type of distribution is not universal among deep sea gastropods and that its frequency remains to be determined. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank W. D. Hartman (PMNH), J. Rosewater (USNM), J. Taylor (BMNH), and M. Testud (MNHP), for the loan of specimens from; these institutions. This research received support from NSF Grant GB- 19922 to Harvard University (R. C. Rollins, principal investigator). We especially wish to thank H. L. Sanders who kindly provided the new material presented in Table 1 which was collected by WHOI under NSF Grants GB-563 and GB-15638. The manuscript was read by R. D. Turner, R. Bullock and R. Tucker Abbott. ' Eight live specimens collected between the depths of 2022 to 3834 meters off North America (Table 1) comprised less than 0.7% of the number of live gastropods dredged between these depths during the WHOI Gay Head-Bermuda deep sea dredging project. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 97 ABBREVIATIONS USNM United States National Museum, Washing- ton, D. C. PMNH Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University WHOI Woods Hole Oceanograpluc Institution BMNH British Museum of Natural History MNHP Museum of Natural History, Paris LITERATURE CITED Bayer, F. M. 1971. New and unusual mollusks collected by R/V John ElUott Pillsbury and R/V Gerda in the tropical western Atlantic. BuU. Mar. Sci. 21: 111-236. Boss, K. J. and M. A. Rex. In prep. Alloiostrophy in Tertiary and Recent Gastropods. deBoury, E. 1909. Observations sur les Scalidae des Expeditions scientifiques du Tmvailleur et du Talisman. Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat., Paris 15: 478-484. Clench, W. J. and R. D. Turner. 1951. The genus Epitonium in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 2: 249-288. Qench, W. J. and R. D. Turner. 1952. The genera Epitonium (Part II), Depressiscala, Cylindriscala, Nystiella and Solutiscala in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 2: 289-356. Dall, W. H. 1889a. Report on the MoUusca, Part II Gastropoda and Scaphopoda. Reports on the results of dredging ... in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78) and in the Caribbean Sea (1879-80), by the U. S. Coast Survey steamer "Blake" . . . Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 18: 492 p. Dall, W. H. 1 889b. A preUminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine mollusks . . . Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 37: 1-221. Dall, W. H. 1892. Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, with special reference to the Miocene Silexbeds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchee River. Part. II. Streptodont and other gastropods, concluded. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. (Philadelphia) 3: 201-473. Gould, S. J. 1966. Notes on shell morphology and classification of the Siliquariidae (Gastropoda). The protoconch and slit of Siliquaria squamata Blainville. Amer. Mus. Novitates 2263: 1-13. Hedley, C. 1 899. The Mollusca of Funafuti. Part 1 Gastropoda. Australian Mus. Mem. 3: 395-488. Keen, M. 1960. In Moore, R. C. [ed.] Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part I, Mollusca 1, Univ. Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, 351 p. Knudsen, J. 1970. The systemarics and biology of abyssal and hadal Bivalvia. Galathea Rept. 11: 1-241. Ladd, H. S. 1972. Cenozoic fossil mollusks from western Pacific islands; Gastropods (Turritellidae through Strombidae). Geol. Surv. Prof Pap. 532: 1-79. Locard, A. 1897a.. Notices conchyliologiques. XLII. Scalaridae nouveaux. L'Echange, Revue Unneenne 145: 2-3. Locard, A. 1897b. Expeditions scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman. Mollusques Testaces 1: 1-516. Madsen, F. J. 1961. On the zoogeography and origin of the abyssal fauna, in view of the knowledge of the Porcellanasteridae. Galathea Rept. 4: 177-218. Raup, D. M. 1966. Geometric analysis of shell coiling: general problems. Jour. Paleontology 40: 1178-1190. Raup, D. M. 1967. Geometric analysis of shell coiling: coiling in ammonoids. Jour. Paleon- tology 41: 43-65. Rex, M. A. 1972. Species diversity and character variation in some western North Atlantic deep sea gastropods. Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, Har- vard University, 178 pp. Sanders, H. L., R R. Hessler and G. R. Hampson. 1965. An introduction to the study of deep-sea benthic faunal assemblages along the Gay Head-Bermuda Transect. Deep-Sea Res. 12: 845-867. Simroth, H. 1896-1907. Mollusca. In H. G. Bronn [ed.]. Klassen undOrdnungen des Tier-Reichs 3: 1506 p. C. T. Winter'sche Verlagshandlung, Leipzig. Smith, S. 1888. Lists of the dredging stations of the U. S. Fish Commission . . . Ann. Rept. U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, for 1886: 837-1017. Verrill, A. E. 1885. Third catalogue of Mollusca recently added to the fauna of the New England Coast . . . Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts. Sci. 6: 395-452. Vinogradova, N. G. 1959. The zoogeographical distribution of the deep-water bottom fauna in the abyssal zone of the ocean. Deep-Sea Res. 5: 205-208. 98 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) TABLE 1. New Records o/ Epitonium (Eccliseogyra) nitidum (Verrill and Smith, 1885) in the Atlantic Ocean. Cruise Depth in Station Meters Locality Date Number of Specimens Chain 58 103 2022 39°43.6'N, 70°37.4'W V/4/1966 1 live Atlantis II 12 72 2864 38°16'N, 7r47'W VIII/24/1964 1 dead + fragments Atlantis II 12 64 2886 38°46'N, 70°06'W VIII/21/I964 2 dead Atlantis II 17 95 3753 38°33'N, 68°32'W XII/17/1965 1 live, 13 dead + fragments Atlantis II 24 126 3806 Beg. 39°37.0'N, 66°47.0'W End 39°37.5'N, 66°44.0'W VIII/24/1966 2 live Chain 50 78 3828 38°0.8'N, 69°I8.7'W Vl/30/1965 2 live, 4 dead Chain 50 85 3834 37°59.2'N, 69°26.2'W VII/5/1965 2 live, 4 dead + fragments Atlantis II 40 175 4667- 4693 Beg. 36°36'N, 68°29'W End 36°36'N, 68°3I'W XI/29/1965 1 dead Atlantis II 12 70 4680 36°23'N, 67°58'W VIlI/23/1964 1 dead + fragments Atlantis II 31 156 3459 Beg. i00°46.0'S, 29°28.0'W End (00°46.5'S, 29°24.0'W 11/14/1967 1 dead Atlantis II 31 149 3861 10°30.0'N, 18°I8.0'W II/7/1967 2 live Watson, R. B. 1886. Report on the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda collected by the H.M.S. "Chal- lenger" during the years 1873-1876. Challenger Repts., Zool. 15: 1-756. Wenz, W. 1938. Gastropoda, Teil 1: Allgemeiner Teil und Prosobranchia. In O. H. Schindewolf [ed.], Handbuch der Palaozoologie 6; 1-948, Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin. Yochelson, E. L. 1971. A new Late Devonian gastropod and its bearing on problems of open coiling and septation. In J. T. Dutro, Jr. [ed.] . Paleozoic perspectives: A paleontological tribute to G. Arthur Cooper: Smithsonian Contr. Paleobiology 3: 231-241. BOOK REVIEW A PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF OYSTERS, WITH ANNOTATIONS. By Edwin A. Joyce., Jr. State of Florida Department of Natural Resources, Special Scientific Report No. 34, June 1972. Paperback, 846 pp. Among the many useful scientific works on marine mollusks emanating from the Marine Re- search Laboratory in St. Petersburg, Florida, this enormous compilation leads this year's contribu- tions in popularity and usefulness. Joyce's biblio- graphy now replaces the famous, but hard to obtain, oyster reference book that J. L. Baughman issued in 1948. Although the emphasis is naturally on papers dealing with commercial oysters, there is excellent coverage in other research areas, such as on the venerid clams, the freshwater Corbicula and unionid mussels, scallops and gastropod predators. Of the 4,117 references listed 45% are annotated, a feature invaluable to those without an extensive hbrary. The key to the Uterature appears in a Subject Index that lists all papers dealing with one of 55 various categories, such as Age and Longevity; Embryology; Mariculture; Pearls; Pollu- tion and Taxonomy. Edwin Joyce and his Florida associates are to be congratulated and thanked for producing this much-needed compendium. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 99 ON THE DOUBLE HECTOCOTYLIZATION OF OCTOPODS Francisco J. Palacio' University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science Miami, Rorida 33149 ABSTRACT Two cases of double unilateral hectocotylization in Incirrate octopods are reported for the first time. The supernumerary hectocotylized arms have smaller ligulas, calami and seminal canals, and the last few rows of suckers are reduced in size. The extra modified arms are believed to be sexually functional Double hectocotylization is not accompanied by modifications of the genitalia. The extra hectocotylization is possibly caused by a sex-linked mutatiQn, and it is manifested in a uniform proportionality. Most male octopods have the third right arm modified for insemination; the tip of the arm is transformed into a spoon-shaped or flat hgula which may bear small transverse ridges; and a velar membrane, converted into a seminal groove, fringes the margin of the arm terminating distally into a conical "cheeked" calamus. In shallow water Octpodinae the ligula is small, usually not exceed- ing 15% of the arm length. In deeper water forms the modified portion may attain 60 or 70% of the arm length. Only three monotypic genera have the third left arm hectocotyUzed: Scaeurgus unicurrhus d'Orbigny of worldwide distribution, Euaxoctopus panamensis, from the Gulf of Panama (Voss, 1971), and Pteroctopus tetracirrhus (delle Chiaje) occurring in the Atlantic Ocean (a doubtful species, Pteroctopus witjazi was described from off the Kamchatka Peninsula (Akimsuhkin, 1963). In the past only two cases of double bilateral hectocotyUzation phenomena have been reported. One case was in Eledone cirrosa from the Mediterranean and North Sea (Appelof, 1892), with the third left arm also modified. An idea of the rarity of the case was given by Morales (1958) who examined 1,538 specimens of this common species without finding a single example. The other case was in Octopus briareus, from Curacao 'Contribution No. 1640 from the Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami. and the West Indies, which had the second left arm also modified (Robson, 1929). In the course of a study of the cephalopod fauna of Brazil, I encountered a double unilateral hectocotylization in Octopus vulgaris from off Rio de Janeiro, in which the fourth right arm is also hectocotyUzed. Another double, unilateral hecto- cotylizafion was observed by Mr. Martin Wolter- ding during morphometric measurements of Octo- pus selene from the Gulf of Panama, in which the second right arm is also modified. From my observations and the previous records, it appears that when this unique phenomenon occurs, the double hectocotyUzafion is manifested in a similar pattern. Fig. 1 illustrates the modifica- tion of the tips of the arms of Octopus selene and vulgaris the present observations indicate a regular pattern of proporfional modificafion of the extra hectocotylized arm to the normally hectocotylized arm. The normal third hectocotylized arm is usually shorter and thinner than the other arms. The extra hectocotylized arm is not diminished in length, and maintains its normal relative proportionality in being 1.06-1.21 times longer and 1.05-1.25 times wider than the normal arm. The ligula of the extra hectocotyUzed arm is reduced by 71-83% of the normal hectocotyUzed arm; the extra calamus is more variable, being between 48.0-91.6% of the normal arm. The Ugula/arm proportion of the extra to the normal hectocotyUzed arms is fairly uniform (63.0-72.0%), and the calamus/Ugula pro- portion of the extra to the normal arm ranges 100 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) from 57.5-128.0%. The extra hectocotylized arm has about 1.16-1.27 times as many sucker rows than the normal arm; however, the last 19.0 - 28.0% of the suckers of the extra hectocotylized arm are conspicuously reduced in size. As was noted in the double hectocotylized Eledone cirrosa and Octopus briareus, there are no structural differences in the genitalia of Octopus selene and O. vulgaris. Nevertheless, the seminal canal in the extra modified arm is smaller than that of the normal hectocotylized arm, although the length and width of the extra hectocotyhzed arm are larger. The comparative development of the hecto- cotylus and the associated organogenesis has not been studied, but the structural modification of the arm takes place prior to the onset of spermatogenesis. Because of the general morpho- logy, I beheve the additional hectocotyhzed arm is sexually functional. The genetic control of hectocotyhzation has not been studied, but I assume that it is governed by sex-linked genes, and that mutations at these loci are possibly responsible for the double hecto- cotyUzations reported here. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am grateful to Dr. Gilbert L. Voss, Chairman, FIG. 1. A-B, Octopus selene, C?. A, tip of second right extra hectocotylized arm; B, tip of third normal hectocotylized arm. C-D, Octopus vulgaris, Cf ' C, tip of third right normal hectocotylized arm; D, tip of fourth right extra hectocotylized arm. Notice the reduction in size of the distal suckers of the extra modified arm. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 101 Division of Biology. Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. University of Miami, for making the specimen of Octopus selene available to me and for the use of his laboratory and library. Special gratitude is due to Dr. P. E. Vanzolini. Museu de Zoologia, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil, for making the Brazilian cephalopod collections available for study. I am indebted to Drs. G. L. Voss and Frederick M. Bayer for reviewing the manuscript and to Miss Susan Stevens for the illustrations. TABLE 1. Measurements and proportions of the normal and supernumerary hectocotylized arms fin mm.). Species Eledone cirrosa Octopus briareus Octopus selene Octopus vulgaris 3L* 3R % 2L* 3R % 2R* 3R % 4R* 3R '7c Ligula 5.25 6.9 76.0 3.0 4.2 71.0 3.5 4.2 83.0 Calamus - - 1.7 2.3 77.0 1.1 1.2 91.6 1.2 2.5 48.0 Ligula/arm - - 2.0 3.2 63.0 5.1 7.6 67.0 1.4 1.9 72.0 Calamus/ligula - - - 32.0 43.0 95.0 36.6 28.5 128.0 34.0 59.5 56.5 Arm length - - 260.0 215.0 121.059.0 55.5 106.0 256.0 219.5 116.0 Arm width - - 5.0 4.0 125.0 20.0 19.0 105.0 No. suckers 66 57 - - - - 29 23 126.0 79 62 127.0 Last reduced - - - 5? 8 - 28.6 15 - 19.0 suckers *Supernumerary hec :tocotylize :d arm TABLE 2. Sizes and percentages of extra to normal hectocotylized arms (in mm.). Species Eledone cirrosa Octopus briareus Octopus selene Octopus vulgaris 3L* 3R 2L* 3R 2R* 3R 4R* 3R Arm length 260 215 59 55.5 256 219.5 Ligula - - 5.25 6.9 3.0 4.2 3.5 4.2 Calamus - - 1.7 2.3 1.1 1.2 1.2 2.5 Ligula/arm % - - 2.00 3.2 5.1 7.6 1.4 199 Calamus/ligula % - - 32.0 34.0 36.6 28.5 34.0 59.5 Arm width - - - - 5.0 4.0 20.0 19.0 No. Suckers 66 57 - - 29 23 79 62 Reduced sucker - - 5? - 8 - 15 - pairs Genitalia Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Seminal canal in - Weak, i mperfect Small, im pertect. Well developed, extra arm and incomplete damaged smaller General condition - Well defined, Long calamus, well Well defined. of hectolylization shorter elegant and less developed 1 and small smaller ♦Supernumerary hec tocotylizt ;d arm 102 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) LITERATURE CITED Akimishki, I. I. 1963. Cephalopods of the U.S.S.R. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R, Institute of Oceanology. U.S. Dept. Commerce (translation), 233 pp., 60 text-figs. Appellof, A. 1892. Teuthologische Beitrage IV. Uber einem Fall von doppelseitiger Hecto- kotylisation bei Eledone cirrosa (Lam.) d'Orb. Bergens Mus. Aarbog, :14-15. Morales, E. 1958. Notas sobre la morfologja del aparato genital en Eledone aldrovandi (Raf.) = E. cirrosa (Lamarck). Rap. Proces-Verbaux Reunios, 14: 389-394. Robson, G. C. 1929. On a case of bilateral hectocotylization in Octopus rugosus. Proc. Zool. See. for 1929: 95-97, 1 text-fig. Voss, G. L. 1971. Biological results of the University of Miami Deep- Sea Expeditions. 76. Cephalopods collected by the R/V JOHN ELLIOTT PILLSBURY in the Gulf of Panama in 1967. BuU. Mar. Sci. 21(1): 1-34, 6 figs., 12 tbls. BOOK REVIEW A FIELD GUIDE TO SHELLS OF THE ATLAN- TIC AND GULF COASTS AND THE WEST INDIES. By Percy A. Morris. Tlnrd Edition, edited by William J. Clench 330 pp., 8 color pis., 68 black-and-white pis. Houghton Mifflin Co., 2 Park St., Boston, Mass. 02107. Hard- back, $7.95. Paperback. $4.95. For almost three decades, Percy Morris's field guides to shells have been a constant companion for legions of beginning conchologists. For clarity, compactness and inexpensiveness, his books have led the field and have been responsible for encouraging and serving two generations of American shelling enthusiasts. And now a much-improved and enlarged edition, with eight exquisite colored plates and 68 black-and-white plates, has been issued under the technical direc- tion of Dr. William J. Clench. The entire format of the book is refreshingly different and affords much easier consulting. The nomenclature, and especially the use of technical and popular names, has been put on a sounder basis. In the expanded introduction, the new class, Monoplacophora, is included, and many valuable classificatory explanations for the beginner are introduced. A list of shell clubs and an infor- mative glossary are added. With the inclusion of several dozens of West Indian sheUs, tliis field guide now covers just over a thousand kinds of Western Atlantic shells. It is a happy note that a close friend of the late Percy Morris and a competent malacologist, Dr. WUliam J. Clench, should shepherd this book through the rigors of publication. Dr. Clench spent many tedious hours in bringing the finer points of nomenclature up to date. Curiously, he did the very same forty years ago for his deceased mentor, Charles W. Johnson, in 1933, when he revised and corrected the manuscript of the now historical "List of Marine MoUusca of the Atlantic Coast from Labrador to Texas." Were it not for Dr. Clench, this last monument to Mr. Morris's many Uterary contributions would not have attained the perfection and credit that it riglitfully deserves. For a handy S7.95 field guide to eastern American shells, members of the shell public will not go wrong in adding this book to their conchological libraries. R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS THE INFLUENCE OF LIGHT ON BIOMPHALARIA GLABRATA' William A. Sodeman, Jr. University of Arkansas, School of Medicine Department of Internal Medicine 4301 West Markham Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 ABSTRACT The effect of changes in incident light intensity on the activity of albino Biomphalaria glabrata was studied utilizing a treadmill apparatus to measure crawling rate of the snail. The study showed that B. glabrata have a threshold for light perception which is at least as low as 8 foot candles. When this low intensity light is turned off the snails respond with a transient pause in crawling activity. This response was reproducible from trial to trial and was observed with all snails tested. With sustained activity in the absence of food snails tire. The maximum crawling rate observed for B. glabrata was 90 cm per hour. 103 Successful maintenance of the cycle of schisto- somiasis in a natural environment depends upon vector snails being sited to both receive infection from and discharge it to suitable definitive hosts. It is not clear whether the evolution of the host-vector-parasite relationship depends in part upon the presence of a critical density of snails, thus permitting fortuitous snail parasite contact, or whether other environmental factors cue the snail's activity resulting in favorable positioning for both receipt and discharge of the parasite. Isolation of environmental factors that may cue behavior is difficult under field conditions. There have been substantial observations on the effect of environ- mental variables on physiologic responses of snails, such as growth, metabolic rates, reproductive capacity and longevity, both in the field and in the laboratory. Behavioral responses to environ- mental variables, particularly in a controlled laboratory setting, have received only minimal attention. This paper reports changes in the activity of Biomphalaria glabrata in relation to fiuctuations in the intensity of incident light. MATERIALS AND METHODS The snails employed were Biomphalaria glabrata of the albino mutant M-line. Stocks were obtained 'This work was supported by a grant from the National Institutes of Allergy & Infectious Disease. AI 10292-02. in October, 1970 from the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, and have been maintained by random breeding in 40-liter glass aquaria. Four, 10 mm-diameter snails were selected and individually isolated in 6-liter glass tanks. Snails were fed 3 times weekly with boOed dried lettuce and commercial tropical fish food (Bio-rell, Sternco, Harrison, New Jersey). The four test snails were Photocell Treadmill E^^disc FIG. 1. Cross section of treadmill appartus (right) and the treadmill in % view (left). The lower disc and lower 'A of the vertical axle were submerged. The remainder of the unit was above the water level. The upper disc and the light and photocell were encased in an opaque shield to prevent artifact caused by extraneous light. 104 THE NAUTILUS October maintained under cool, white fluorescent liglit for a 12-hour light, 12-hour dark cycle. Liglit intensity at the tank surface measured 1.400 lux (130 foot candles). Tanks were continuously aerated through a charcoal and glass-wool filter. Snail activity was monitored by a treadmill illustrated in figure 1. A horizontally oriented plastic disc, 1 cm thick and 16 cm in circum- ference, was balanced on a needle bearing and connected by an axle extending above the water surface to a second disc. The circumference of the upper disc was marked with two wedge-shaped masks. A beam of liglit was directed througli the edge of the upper disc to a sensitive photo cell on the opposite side of the disc. Rotation of the disc in either direction resulted in a change in the liglit passing througli the wedge-shaped mask and falling on the photo cell. The photo cell output was measured on a strip chart recorder (Beckman, Fullerton, Calif.). Calibration permitted monitoring of both direction and rate of rotation of the unit. Snails were held in a plastic clip with the shell aperture 3 mm away from and facing the circumference of the submerged lower disc. On emerging from its shell the snail's foot fell on to the disc rim. All snails were able to crawl easily in either direction with the shell rigidly held and such crawling resulted in rotation of the treadmill unit. All observations were carried out in a photographic darkroom. Tlie snails were clamped in the unit and then followed for a 3-hour observation interval. With the room liglits turned off there was no incident light in the test area. With a single incandescent bulb turned on the light intensity at the treadmill level was 88 lux (8 foot candles). Four ligliting patterns were tested as follows: 3 hours of continuous liglit (L), 3 hours of continuous dark (D), liglit on for ninety minutes, dark for ninety minutes (L-D) and liglit off for ninety minutes then turned on for ninety minutes (D-L). The initial 30 minutes were considered as a stabilization period and were discarded for the purpose of observation. Crawling rates in cm per hour were calculated for the 30 to 90 minutes (interval 1), 90 to 120 minutes (interval 2), and 120 to 180 minutes (interval 3). Each snail was observed througli 7 trials of each light pattern. Light intensities were measured with a Gossen Luna-Pro Cadmium sulfide type light meter (Woodside, N. Y.). 1973 60 50 40 30 u20 Vol. 87 (4) 10 D^rk Light Dark Lighl Lighl D.uk FIG. 2. Crawling rates observed during the three periods of each lighting pattern. Dotted lines represent the means of 7 trials for each snail. The heavy lines represent the overall means for the four snails. RESULTS Results are summarized in figure 2. Mean crawling rates are plotted for periods 1, 2 and 3 of each ligliting pattern for each of the four snails and an overall mean is indicated by the heavy line. Analysis of the pattern yields the following results. Mean rates during period 1 were higher than the following periods. Mean rates during period 2 were usually equal to or higlier than those of period 3 except for the L-D lighting. Wlien the light was turned off there was a pause in activity expressed as a lower mean rate for period 2 of the L-D trial. The maximum crawling rate for Biomphalaria glabrata. 1 cm in diameter, measured over a 10 minute intei"val was 90 cm an hour and the maximum distance traveled during a 1 hour period of observation was 89 cm. DISCUSSION Three characteristics of light may be of signifi- cance in affecting snail behavior. These are intensity, duration and wave length, or color. A number of investigators have commented on the effects of the light intensity on snail behavior. Deschiens (1957) described withdrawal of B. glab- rata into its shell on exposure to intense liglit. A withdrawal response on exposure to intense light has been documented for the marine mollusk. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 105 Pleurobranchaea califomica (Davis and Mpitsos, 1971). Harry and Aldridge (1958) could not confirm a difference in distribution of B. glabrata between light and shade sections of the environ- ment. Deschiensand Bijan (1956) described normal behavior and normal fertility, fecundity and devel- opment in B. glabrata maintained in darkness of periods of up to 90 days. Joy (1971, a, b) studied growth and oviposition of B. glabrata in changing patterns of light and dark. A prevalence of nighttime oviposition was demonstrated though the differences between oviposition rates in the dark and in the light narrowed as the dark interval was shortened. When a greater portion of the light energy was delivered in the infrared spectrum, oviposition in the dark interval was favored. Changes in the day length of plus or minus 2 hours did not affect the growth. Nocturnal oviposition has been documented for other species of gastropods, including Planorbarius conieus and Helisoma trivolvis (Cole, 1925), Gyraulus parvus (Krull, 1931) and Oncomelania quadrasi (Pesigan, et al., 1958) and for the limpet Ancylus fuscus (Clapp, 1921). Four points are clear from the current study. First, the threshold for Ught perception in B. glabrata is at least as low as 88 lux (8 foot candles). Second, B. glabrata may respond to changes in light intensity as small as 88 lux (8 foot candles) with a change in activity. Third, with sustained activity B. glabrata will tire. Finally, the maximum rate of travel for B. glabrata based on a 10 minute measurement is 90 cm per hour and the maximum observed distance traveled on a one hour period was 89 cm. The low levels of Hght intensity were selected for this study to represent a better simulation of changes in intensity in natural environments. A number of investigators (Abbott, 1948; Kawanoto, 1952; Komiya, et al, 1959; Deschiens, 1957; Moose and Williams, 1961-62) have documented withdrawal reactions, or correlated behavior, of a variety of snails when exposed to intense Ught. While abrupt transition from deep shade to brightly sunlit water could approach the levels used by most of these investigators, it is more frequent to find environmental changes of a smaller magnitude. The fact that this snail does respond to such low light intensities as 88 lux (8 foot candles) sets the physiologic limit of its perception at an even lower level. Several investiga- tors (Joy, 1971, a, b; van der Schalie and Davis, 1968; Yasuraoka, 1955; Pesigan, et al, 1958; Clapp, 1921; Cole, 1925; KruU, 1931) reported an effect of hght on oviposition by a variety of molluscan species. This study would add locomotive activity to the Ust of behavioral alterations affected by changes in ambient light. Several questions are suggested by these observations, particularly the effect of changes in light intensity when they occur against a background level of ambient light rather than the light to dark changes utilized here. Also, the response to changes in Ught wave-length would also be of interest. Such studies were beyond the scope of the present investigation and would entail such prolonged periods of observation that another protocol permitting simultaneous observation of multiple snails would probably be necessary. In any event, changes of ambient illumination of 88 lux (8 foot candles) to darkness do result in measurable transient decrease in activity of Biomphalaria glabrata. Oviposition on the treadmill was never noted. Snails were not fed during the trial. In the absence of substrate, continued activity is marked by a decrease in the rate of activity. Whether this is a result of fatigue or whether the faUing activity is a result of a substrate deficiency is not clear. The cliche that our research proceeded at a snail's pace rapidly lost favor in the laboratory; however, it is the limiting factor in any behavioral study. When the snail must choose among several environ- ments, the speed with which the snail can sample the environments controls the observation time. Mixing times in tanks 1 meter long must be weU in excess of 1 hour to permit vaUd observations of B. glabrata the size with which we experimented. Critical observation of snail activity should be an integral part of the planning of any behavioral study that depends upon snail migration. LITERATURE CITED Abbott, R. T. 1948. Handbook of medicaUy important moUusks of the Orient and the Western Pacific. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool. Har- vard. 100: 245-328. Clapp, W. F. 1921. Eggs and young of the river Umpet, Ancylus fuscus C. B. Adams. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Occ. Papers. 5: 5-10. 106 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) Cole, W. H. 1925. Egg-laying in two species of Planorbis. Am. Nat. 59: 284-286. Davis, W. J. and G. J. Mpitsos. 1971. Behavioral Choice and Habituation in the Marine Mollusk Pleurobranchaea califomica MacFarland (Gastro- poda, Opisthobranchia). z. vergl. Physio. 75: 207-232. Deschiens, R. 1957. Sur la perpetuation des elevages des mollusques vecteurs des bilharzioses a Tobscurite. Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. 50: 229-233. Deschiens, R. and H. Bijan. 1956. Comportement d'elevages de mollusques vecteurs des bilhar- zioses a I'obscurite. Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. 49: 658-661. Harry, H. W. and D. V. Aldrich. 1958. The ecology of Australorbis glabratus in Puerto Rico. BuU. WHO. 18: 819-832. Joy, J. E. 1971. The Influence of Light Condi- tions upon the Egg-Laying of the Planorbid Snail, Biomphalaria glabrata. The Nautilus 85: 43-49. Joy, J. E. 1971. Tlie influence of day length upon the egg-laying of Biomphalaria glabrata, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 65: 573-578. Kawanoto, S. 1952. On the photophobotaxis of Oncomelania nosophora. Med. Biol. 23: 76-79. Komiya, Y., K. Kuniko, and C. koyama. 1959. A simple breeding method for Oncomelania using a Petri dish. Jap. Jour. Parasitol. 8: 721-724. KruU, W. H. 1931. Importance of laboratory-raised snails in helminthology with life history notes on Gyraulus parvus. Mich. Univ. Mus. Zool. Occ. Papers. 10(226): 1-10. Moose, J. W. and J. E. WiUiams. 1961-62. Medical General Laboratory (406), U, S. Army Medical Command, Japan, Professional Reports. Pesigan, T. P., N. G. Hariston, J. J. Jauregui, E. G. Garcia, A. T. Santos, B. C. Santos, and A. A. Gesa. 1958. Studies on Schistosoma japon- icum infections in the Phillippines. 2. The moUuscan host. Bull. WHO. 18: 481-578. van der Schalie, H. and G. M. Davis. 1968. Culturing Oncomelania snails (Prosobranchia: Hydrobiidae) for studies of Oriental schisto- somiasis. Malacologia 6: 321-367. Yasuraoka, K. 1955. The behavior of Oncomelania nosophora, the intermediate host of Schisto- soma japonicum, to light in water. Jap. Jour. Med. Sci. Biol. 8: 323. INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA MONOGRAPHS OF THE MARINE MOLLUSKS OF THE WORLD WITH EMPHASIS ON THOSE OF THE TROPICAL WESTERN PACIFIC AND INDIAN OCEANS The most technical and most beautifully illustrated journal now being published on Recent and Tertiary marine moUusks. Over 20 professional malacologists are currently contributing. Edited by R. Tucker Abbott. Among the groups treated are Strombidae, Cassidae, Tridacnidae, Turridae, Littorinidae, Phasianellidae, and, soon to come, Patellidae, Harpidae and Mitridae. Issued to date in looseleaf form with three sturdy, permanent binders — 1100 pages, 810 plates (31 in full color). Limited number of complete sets left, $91.90 U.S. (foreign: $94.00), postage paid. Any number of extra binders available at $6.00. Published by The Delaware Museum of Natural History, Box 3937, Greenville, Delaware 19807 U.S.A. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 107 ON THE IDENTITY OF HELICINA GRANULUM PFEIFFER (PROSOBRANCHIA) Morris K. Jacobson American Museum of Natural History Central Park West at 79th Street New York, N. Y. 10024 ABSTRACT Helicina granulum Pfeiffer, 1864 is shown to be a valid species, differing in important morphological respects from H. tantilla Pilsbry, 1902. The former taxon has been taken in several localities in the south central part of Oriente Province, Cuba. The use of subgenus Poenia Adams & Adams, 1856 for H. granulum is shown to be erroneous. The taxon Helicina granulum Pfeiffer (ex MS, Gundlach), 1864, has not been clearly understood in the Uterature. Pfeiffer described the species on the basis of a single specimen sent him from Monte Toro, Guantanamo, Oriente Province, Cuba, by Gundlach. He was moved to do this by the unusually small size of the shell, smaller than any known helicinid at that time. The original Latin description and my English translation follow: Helicina granulum Pfeiffer (1864, Malak. Blatt. 11: 161): "T. minuta, depressa, tenuiscula, laevi- gata, translucida, succinea; spira parum conoi- deo-elevata; anfr. fere 4 convexiusculi, ultimus depresso-rotundatus, subtus medio subexcavatus, levissime callosus; columella brevissima, verticahs; apertura obhqua, late semiovalis; perist, breviter expansum, margine basali arcuatin in columellam transuente -- Operc? -- Diam maj. 2 2/3, alt. vix 1 mill. Habitat Monte Toro in districto Guanta- namensi insulae Cubae." "Shell minute, depressed, quite thin, smooth, translucent, amber-colored; spire little conic-ele- vated; whorls almost 4, rather convex, the last one depressed rounded, subexcavated centrally below, Ughtly callused; columella exceedingly short, verti- cal; aperture oblique, widely semi-oval; peristome briefly expanded, basal margin inserting arc-like into the columella. Operculum? Major diameter 2 2/3 mm, altitude barely 1 mm." It might be noted that Pfeiffer did not mention the presence of axial sculpture, but this omamert- tation could have been overlooked in a single dead, minute specimen. However, as wall be seen later, the references to an expanded peristome and an arched basal insertion clearly point to granulum, Pfeiffer's holotypic specimen was never figured and was destroyed during World War II (Clench & Jacobson, 1971a: 101). There are few subsequent references to the species in the hterature: Pfeiffer (1865: 233) reprinted his original description verbatim and later (1876: 271) merely listed the name. Sowerby (1866: 296) listed it as an unidentified species, and Reeve (1874) and Wagner (1910) omitted it entirely; nor did Fulton (1915) FIG. 1. Lucidella granulum (Pfeiffer) between Nimfitas and La Victoria, Monte Toro, Guanta- nomo, Oriente Province, Cuba; Ramsden, leg. 1914, ANSP 110769, 10 X. 108 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) mention it among the names omitted by Wagner in his extensive monograph of the Helicinidae. Arango (1879), Crosse (1890), and Aguayo & Jaume (1948) repeated only the locaUty cited originally by Pfeiffer, thus leading to the supposi- tion that Pfeiffer's record is the only one known, and that the species had not been collected again. Clench & Jacobson (1971b) tentatively included it in the genus Troschelviana, although Pfeiffer had made no reference to a mucronate protoconch, a diagnostic feature of the helicinine tribe Vianini in which the genus Troschelviana belongs. There is no reason to doubt that granulum belongs to the genus Lucidella Swainson, 1840, as was noted by Aguayo & Jaume (1948). However, their sub- generic placement in Poenia H. & A. Adams, 1856, is erroneous. As the type-species of Poenia they cited the subsequent designation by Fischer, 1885 of H. unidentata Pfeiffer. But since Fischer did not use the word "type" in his citation, this must be regarded as an example and is not a valid designation. Pilsbry (1911, p. 585) vahdly desig- nated Helicina depressa Gray, 1825, as the type. Furthermore, Poenia has been regarded as a synonym of Lucidella by both Thiele (1929: 88) and Wenz (1938: 445). Because of the axial sculpture, granulum belongs in the subgenus Poeniella H. B. Baker, 1923, type species Helicina plicatula christophori Pilsbry, 1897, by original designation. The vagueness regarding the identity of granu- lum increased when it was confused with another species, Helicina tantilla Pilsbry, 1902. This species was described on the basis of a single specimen taken near Palm Beach, Florida in 1899 together with other small land shells in a forest about one-quarter mile from the beach. Pilsbry wrote that the new species was distinct from any other Antillean helicinid. He did not compare it with the description of granulum, which it closely resembles, nor, as we have seen, were any typological specimens of that species available for study. Thus when Ramsden in 1914 sent him some small shells from Monte Toro, Pilsbry identified them as H. tantilla, overlooking the fact that Monte Toro is the type locality of H. granulum I have been able to examine these specimens in the ANSP and they clearly differ from tantilla and are undoubtedly topotypes of H. granulum The specimen here illustrated is, there- fore, a potential neotype. Tlie differences between tantilla and granulum are the following: the peristome of tantilla is rounded and faintly thickened, but barely expand- ed and not reflected, and the basal angle of insertion in the body whorl is barely perceptible. In granulum the hp is well expanded and slightly reflected and the angle at the point of insertion is quite distinct. In addition, the spire of granulum is somewhat higher and the suture deeper. Ramsden reported that he found the shell "in dirt at the root of trees." Ramsden's description of the supposed "tantilla" (1914: 50) clearly refers to granulum since reference is made to an expanded and reflected Up and a shallow notch at the basal insertion. There are several lots of granulum in the Ramsden Collection labelled as Lucidella rugosa Pfeiffer and coming from the following locahties: Florida Blanca, Alto Songo; Km. 54, Sierra Canas- ta, Santiago de Cuba; La Cueva, Diego Cobas, Majaguabo, all from Oriente Province. In addition the USNM has one lot from Guaso River, Monte Libano, Guantanamo, and both the USNM and ANSP have one lot each from the type-locality, Monte Toro, Guantanamo. Lucidella tantilla has also been reported from Cuba in Cayo GuUlermo, northern Camagiiey Province (Aguayo & Jaume, 1948) and from Cayo Las Brujas, Caibarien, Las Villas Province (Clench 1959: 35). In addition. Clench records it from Mores, Great Abaco, Bimini, and Great and Little Inagua Islands in the Bahamas, and Pilsbry (1948: 1085) reports it from several localities in the Florida Keys, as well as erroneously from Monte Toro. It is thus clear that Lucidella granulum is confined to south central Oriente Province, while L. tantilla occurs in the more western provinces' of Camagiiey and Las Villas. From here tantilla appears to have dispersed to the Bahamas and the Florida Keys, since Pilsbry was most likely correct when he wrote that the Florida specimen was "probably a hurricane-borne waif from Cuba" (1948). I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. William K. Emerson of the American Museum of Natural History who discussed the problem with me and critically read the manuscript. Dr. Robert Robert- son of the Academy of Natural Sciences and Dr. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 109 Joseph Rosewater of the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, most generously permitted me to examine material in their respective collections. I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Kenneth J. Boss for the photo- graphs. The abbreviations ANSP and USNM stand for the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia and the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (formerly the United States National Museum) respectively. LITERATURE CITED Aguayo, C. G. and M. L. Jaume, 1948. Cat&logo molluscos de Cuba, HeUcinidae, no. 495, 1 p. mimeo. Arango, R., 1879. Contribucion a la fauna mala- col6gica cubana, Helicinidae, Havana, pp. 41-57. Baker, H. B., 1923. The Mollusca collected by the University of Michigan - Williamson Expedition in Venezuela. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. of Michigan, no. 137, 58 pp., 5 pis., 21 figs. Qench, W. J., 1959. Land and freshwater mollusks of Great and Little Inagua, Bahama Islands. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass., 121(2): 29-54, 1 pi. Clench, W. J. and M. K. Jacobson, 1971a. Mono- graph of the Cuban genera Emoda and Glyp- temoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 141(3): 99-130, 7 pis. Clench, W. J. and M. K. Jacobson, 1971b. A monograph of the genera Calidviana, Ustronia, Troschelviana, and Semitrochatella in Cuba. ibid., 141(7): 402-463, 8 pis., 1 text fig. Crosse, H., 1890. Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile de I'ile de Cuba. Jour. Conchyl. 38: 173-335, pis. 4-6. Fischer, P., 1885. Manuel de Conchyliologie, Paris, pp. 794-797, figs. 554-556 (Helicinidae). Fulton, H. C, 1915. On Dr. Anton Wagner's monograph of Helicinidae in the Conchy- lien-Cabinet. Proc. Mai. Soc. London, 11: 237-241; 324-326. Pfeiffer, L., 1864. Zur Molluskenfauna von Cuba. Malak. Blatt. 11: 157-161. Pfeiffer, L., 1865. Monographia Pneumono- pomorum Viventium, suppl. 2, 284 pp. Pfeiffer, L., 1876. ibid., suppl. 3, 10 + 479 pp. Pilsbry, H. A., 1902. A new Floridian Helcina, Nautilus 19: 53. Pilsbry, H. A., 1948. Land Mollusca of North America. Monograph 3, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia 2(2): 1078-1090, figs. 576-581 (HeUcini- dae). Pilsbry, H. A. and A. P. Brown, 1911. The Land Mollusca of Montego Bay, Jamaica; with Notes of the Land Mollusca of the Kingston Region. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1911, p. 585. Ramsden, C. T., 1914. Notes on some land shells of eastern Cuba. The NautUus 28: 49-51, pi. 2, Reeve, L., 1874. Conchologia Iconica, 19: 34 pis. -H text (Helicinidae). Sowerby, G. B. II, 1866. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 3: 277-302, pis. 266-278 (Helicinidae). Thiele, J., 1929. Handbuch der systematischen Weichtierkunde, Jena, 1: 80-91, figs. 57-67 (Helicinidae). Wenz, W., 1938. Gastropoda [in] Handbuch der Palaozoologie, BerUn, pp. 435-448, figs. 1061-1118 (Helicinidae). Wagner, A. J., 1910. [in] Martini and Chemnitz, Conchylien-Cabinet (2) 1: sect. 18, pt. 2, pp. 337-351, pis. 67-69. (Lucidella) 110 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) THE VALVULAR MEMBRANE IN YOUNG MACTRID CLAMS, SPISULA SOLIDISSIMA Wayne D. Cable National Marine Fisheries Service Middle Atlantic Coastal Fisheries Center Milford Laboratory Milford, Connecticut 06460 ABSTRACT Juvenile surf clams, Spisula solidissima, were reared from fertilized eggs in the laboratory. Observations were made of the appearance and activity of the valvular membrane (primary exhalant siphon), which has not previously been reported in recently-metamorphosed animals. The siphonal system of the bivalve mollusks has been considerably studied. Aspects of mantle fusion in the Lamellibranchia and the subsequent formation of siphons from the mantle folds were described in detail by Yonge (1957). Development of siphons in the evolution of the lamellibranchs enabled this group of animals to live in the shelter of a substrate while obtaining food and oxygen from the water above the substrate (Yonge, 1957). In discussing the types of siphon systems, FIG. 1. Juvenile Spisula solidissima with the valvular membrane, or exhalant siphon, (on the left) fully extended to a length of 1.5 mm. FIG. 2. Juvenile Spisula solidissima, valvular mem- brane (on the right) collapsed but not inverted within shell. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 111 Yonge ascribes to the Mactridae what he terms a "type C" siphon system. In this type the opening of the definitive exhalant siphon is usually bound- ed by a valvular membrane (a narrow flange just inside the ring of tentacles) which, when open, controls and directs the flow of water from the exhalant siphon. However, he does not illustrate this structure in any of the Mactridae, nor does he show how this structure is formed in the young of the Mactridae. Prior to development of the definitive siphonal system in many recently meta- morphosed Lamellibranchia a precursor of the definitive exhalant siphon, a valvular membrane or primary exhalant siphon is formed (Quayle, 1952; Carriker, 1961). The presence of the valvular membrane in newly metamorphosed Spisula solidissima has been recenfly observed by the author. There was no question as to the identity of these young surf clams since they were reared from fertilized eggs spawned in the laboratory. The presence of this structure and its appearance may serve as an aid to identification of young juvenile surf clams gathered in the field. Photographs were made approximately one month after metamorphosis; the size range of the young clams then ranged from 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm. Photograph #1 shows the siphons of a young clam 1.5 mm long. Here the valvular membrane is fully extended. Photograph #2 shows the valvular membrane in a state of collapse and dangling externally; this clam is also 1.5 mm long. One should notice that the state illustrated in these photographs is an advanced one, in that juvenile Spisula solidissima of this size have already developed the inhalant siphon with its ring of tentacles, and the tentacles of the exhalant siphon have also begun to form. These structures are formed subsequent to the development of the valvular membrane. The valvular membrane was observed to be an extremely flexible and active structure. It was rapidly extended when the young clam was pumping water through the mantle cavity, and rapidly withdrawn or inverted within the mantle cavity when the clam was disturbed. The presence of such a "filmy membrane" on the excurrent siphon on young clams, which moved in and out with a folding motion and was held out as a hose to direct flow of water from the exhalant opening, was described in Mercenaria mercenaria by Belding (1912). Carriker (1961) has subsequently described in some detail the develop- ment of this membrane in young Mercenaria mercenaria ranging from 210 to 300 ^. The valvular membrane of recently meta- morphosed bivalve moUusks appears to function to deflect the excurrent and incurrent streams during the period of definitive siphon formation. The same function would be served in later life by the shght offset of the tips of the siphons and the smaller exhalant siphon orifice (Carriker, 1961). In describing a similar membrane in young Mya arenaria and Venerupis pullastra, Quayle (1952) reported the function of this structure to be one of keeping the mantle and gills free of feces by directing them away from the vicinity of the young animal. Since siphon formation takes place considerably after metamorphosis and the loss of the velum, there is a sedentary phase prior to the time when the siphons are formed and the animal is able to enter the substrate (Carriker calls this the byssal plantigrade). He believes it probable that young byssal plantigrade Mercenaria mercenaria cannot burrow until the ring of tentacles is available on the inhalant siphon to exclude sedimentary grains. This is most likely true for other lamellibranchs that also live in soft substrates, including the Spisula solidissima described here. LITERATURE CITED Belding, D. L. 1912. Report on the Quahaug and Oyster Fisheries of Massachusetts, Common- wealth of Massachusetts, Boston. Carriker, M. R. 1961. Interreladon of Functional Morphology, Behavior, and Autecology in Early States of the Bivalve Mercenaria mercenaria. Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 77 (2): 168-241. Quayle, D. B. 1952. Structure and Biology of the Larva and Spat of Venerupis pullastra (Mon- tagu). Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh 62 (8); 255-297. Yonge, C. M. 1957. Manfle Fusion in the Lamellibranchia. Pubbl. Staz. Zool. NapoU 26: 151-171. 112 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) SIZE AND SEX RATIO DIFFERENCES IN UROSALPINX CINEREA (SAY) (MURICIDAE) FROM GREAT BAY, NEW HAMPSHIRE' Kenneth W. Turgeon and Richard A. Fralick Jackson Estuarine Laboratory, University of New Hampshire Adams Point, Durham, New Hampshire 03824 ABSTRACT Three hundred and ninety-seven Urosalpinx cinerea from Great Bay, New Hampshire, were sexed and measured for total shell length. Statistical comparison of the mean shell lengths and chi-square analysis of sex ratios for several size classes show that females are significantly larger than males. Hypotheses to account for this sexual dirmorphism are presented. INTRODUCTION Previous investigators have noted in several populations of the common oyster drill, Uro- salpinx cinerea (Say), that females attain a greater maximum shell length than males (Federighi, 1931a, 1931b; Cole, 1942; Hargis and MacKenzie, 1961). However, none of these workers demon- strated statistically significant differences in mean shell lengths between the sexes. Griffith and Castagna (1962), working with Urosalpinx cinerea folly ensis (Baker, 1951) from Chincoteague Bay, Maryland, showed that females, in addition to having a greater maximum shell length, had a mean shell length significantly greater than males. Our paper reports the results of a similar study conducted on U. cinerea from Great Bay, New Hampshire. Great Bay is a shallow, highly turbid estuary with a mud-silt bottom. Yearly salinities range from approximately seven ppt during the spring freshet to 30 ppt in late summer in the mid and lower reaches of the Bay. The drills are limited in their distribution to the few, remaining oyster reefs and are present in very low abundance. Drill density is approximately one to two individuals per square meter of oyster reef. However, they are often distributed in widely separated clusters of four to seven individuals. METHODS Approximately 500 oyster drills were hand-collected during the summer of 1972 by 'Jackson Estuarine Laboratory Scientific Contri- bution No. 1. scuba divers. The collection site was an oyster reef located in the mid-portion of Great Bay encom- passing an area of about 30,000 square meters. The divers collected all drills sighted. Trapping techniques were not employed since bias for a particular size or sex might have resulted. Griffith and Castagna (1962) found that male:female ratios differed between trap-collected and hand-collected drills. The low population density of the Great Bay drills and the Irigh turbidity of the water necessitated numerous dives in order to collect sufficient numbers for statistical analyses. Only individuals greater than 10 mm in length and exhibiting a complete lack of a penis (females) or presence of a well-defined, C-shaped penis (males) were used. Smaller individuals were not used since they are extremely difficult to sex and quite often have not reached sexual maturity. Sexing was done by the live method of Hargis (1957) using 5 X and 10 X hand magnifiers. Shell length was measured to the nearest 0.1 mm with vernier calipers. Drills, after being sexed and measured, were assigned to one of four, pre-determined size classes: >\0 & < 15 mm (class 1), > 15 & < 20 mm (class 2), > 20 & < 25 mm (class 3) and > 25 mm (class 4). These size classes were arbitrarily chosen and do not represent natural breaks in size distribution. Statistical comparison of female and male mean shell lengths was by Cochran's approxi- mation of the Behrans-Fisher test (Snedecor, 1956). Chi-square analysis was used to determine significant deviations from 50-50 sex ratios for the individual size classes and the total sample. All statistical analyses were evaluated at the 99 percent confidence level. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 113 RESULTS The results of this study are presented in figures 1 and 2. Females had a maximum shell length of 38.3 mm and a mean shell length of 20.2 mm. The respective values for males were 30.0 mm and 17.8 mm. Statistical analysis showed that the mean shell lengths were significantly different. Two hundred and thirty-three drills (58.69%) were females and 164 (41.31%) were males. This is a female: male ratio of 1.42:1 and represents a significant deviation from a 50-50 sex ratio. Significant deviations in sex ratios occurred in size classes 3 and 4, the female: male ratios being 1.73:1 and 18:1 respectively. The sex ratios for size classes 1 and 2 showed no significant deviation from a 50-50 sex ratio (0.95: 1 and 1.09:1). One hundred females (42.9%) and 39 males (23.7%) were 20 mm or more in length, while 36 females (15.4%) and only 2 males (1.2%) were 25 mm or more in length. Eleven females (4.7%) were greater than 30 mm in length. DISCUSSION The results of our study clearly indicate that sexual dimorphism exists in oyster drills from Great Bay, New Hampshire. In addition, our work suggests that this dimorphism is due to the significantly greater number of females than males in the larger size classes. This preponderance of large females was sufficient to yield a significant deviation from a 50-50 sex ratio. The sexual dimorphism in Great Bay drills may be attributable to the following reasons: females have a faster rate of growth than males, females ? 20- LENGTH IN MM FIG. 1. Length-frequency and size distribution of Urosalpinx cinerea from Great Bay, New Hamp- shire. Upper figure represents range, mean and ± one standard deviation. live longer than males and thus have a longer period of growth, or both. Another possibility is that sexually mature males undergo a sex trans- formation into females. The occurrence of female U. cinerea with structures resembling vestigal penises suggests that this deserves investigation. LITERATURE CITED Baker, Bemadine B. 1951. Interesting shells from the Delmarva Peninsula. Nautilus 64 (3): 73-77. Cole, H. A. 1942. The American whelk tingle, Urosalpinx cinerea (Say), on British oyster beds. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. 25: 477-508. Federighi, H. '1931a. Further observafions on the size of Urosalpinx cinerea Say. J. Conchol. 19: 171-176. Federighi, H. 1931b. Studies on the oyster drill {Urosalpinx cinerea Say). Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. 47 (4): 83-115. Griffith, G. W. and M. Castagna. 1962. Sexual dimorphism in oyster drills of Chincoteague Bay, Maryland-Virginia. Chesapeake Sci. 3(3): 215-217. Hargis, W. J., Jr. 1957. A rapid live-sexing technique for Urosalpinx cinerea and Eupleura caudata with notes on previous methods. Lim- nol. Oceanogr. 2: 41-42. Hargis, W. J., Jr. and C. MacKenzie. 1961. Sexual behavior of the oyster drills: Eupleura caudata and Urosalpinx cinerea. Nautilus 75 (1): 7-16. n? 80- \- z Ld ^ 60H u Q. 40- 3 4 SIZE CLASSES FIG. 2. Percent distribution of female and male Urosalpinx cinerea from Great Bay, New Hamp- shire in each size class. * = Significant deviation from a 50-50 sex ratio. 1 14 THE NAUTILUS October 1973 Vol. 87 (4) THE MOLLUSCA OF CANADARAGO LAKE AND A NEW RECORD FOR LASMIGONA COMFRESSA (LEA) Willard N. Harman New York State University College at Oneonta Oneonta, N. Y. 13820 Canadarago Lake is located in Otsego County, New York (42°50'N, 75°00'W). The lake is 3 miles long, averages 1 mile in width and has a surface area of 761 hectares. It is shallow and turbid with the greatest depth being only a little over 12 meters and secchi transparencies averaging less than 2 meters. Summer epilimnion tempera- tures attain 25°C. Oxygen is absent from the hypolimnion during these periods and varies near saturation at the surface. Hydrogen ion concentra- tion is extremely erratic, varying from about 4.5 to 10 in both surface and profundal waters (Fuhs, 1972). Canadarago would be expected to be a moderately eutrophic lake in its natural state but is now highly eutrophic as a result of sewage input from the village of Richfield Springs and from summer camps. Blue-green algal blooms are common and the undersides of cobbles are covered with fungi and bacteria. Turbid waters prevent the extensive growth of rooted macrophytes, although Myriophyllum is abundant in the shallows. Com- mon emergent plants are Scirpus, Nuphar, Nymphaea, Pontederia, Typha, and Sparganium. A eutrophication study of the lake was begun in 1968 by the New York State Department of Health and the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. As a result, a tertiary sewage treatment plant was installed at Richfield Springs and was activated in February 1973. This survey of the moUuscan fauna was under- taken for the acquisition of base hne data that can be used for comparison with studies in future years to indicate possible improvements in water quality. Samples were made at 9 stations in both deep waters and Uttoral areas. It appears that Canadarago once supported dense populations of mollusks that are now severely depleted. We found an abundance of empty shells of Lymnaea humilis, L. palustris, Gyraulus parvus, Helisoma anceps, Ferrissia parallela, Physa spp., Viviparus georgianus, Amnicola limosa, A. Integra, Valvata tricarinata, Lampsilis radiata, and Pisidium spp. Only a few hving specimens of L. humilis, G. parvus, F. parallela, Physa sp. and Pisidium spp. were col- lected. All Physa, empty shells and living speci- mens, were so small as to prevent confident determination to the species level. One living specimen of Lasmigona compressa (Lea) (Union- idae) was found at the entrance of Herkimer Creek into the lake. This is the first record of this species in the Susquehaima River watershed. After noting the condition of the molluscan fauna in the Lake we made collections along 5 miles of Oaks Creek, the outlet of Canadarago, to ascertain if water quality improved downstream from the lake. The only snail found was an immature Physa sp. A few living specimens of the bivalves Lampsilis radiata, Elliptio complanatus and Strophitus undulatus were found. Empty shells of all the mollusks found in Canadarago Lake were collected. LITERATURE CITED Fuhs, W. 1972. Canadarago Lake eutrophication study. Lake and tributary surveys 1963-1970. Methodology and Data. N.Y.S. Dept. of En- viron. Cons., Research and Development Unit. 292 pp. Vol. 87 (4) THE NAUTILUS 115 OBITUARY Elmer P. Cheatum (1901-1973) On May 1, 1973, science and education lost one of their most notable contributors with the death of Dr. Elmer P. Cheatum. Throughout his 48 years of service at Southern Methodist Uni- versity he remained a leader of Southwestern scientific investigation and educational inspiration. Elmer Phillip Cheatum was born in Langdon, Kansas, July 19, 1901. He grew up in rural surroundings assisting in his father's general store. As a young man, he washed dishes in a hotel near Southwestern College where he earned his B.A. in biology (1921-1924). He was also a good athlete, setting the Kansas record for the sprint race that stood for some time. Later, he earned his M.S. in zoology at Kansas State College (1924-1925). At this time, he married Edith Deck and left alone two days later to assume a job as instructor at Southern Methodist University. Five weeks later he had earned enough money to bring his bride to Dallas. During summers and for two winters he and Edith traveled to the University of Michigan where he gained his Ph.D. in aquatic biology under such people as Dr. Paul Welch (1931-1933). As a scientist and educator. Dr. Cheatum worked in several fields, parasitology, entomology, malacology and Umnology. Although he continued to teach in these fields and in comparative anatomy, his main research interest gravitated to the Mol- lusca. He pubUshed over 30 scientific articles, some in The Nautilus (1934-1972). Most were concerned with the area he loved most, Texas. His academic affiliations were numerous. He was a member of Sigma XI, a fellow in the A.A.A.S., a member of the American Microscopical Society, a fellow and past President (1941-1942) of the Texas Journal of Science, a member of the Texas Ornithological Society and the Limnologjcal Society of America. In Dallas, he belonged to the S.M.U. Men's Faculty Club, Town & Gown Qub, and he was a director of the Junior Leader Training, Circle Ten Council, Boy Scouts of America. For his leadership in Boy Scout work, he was given the Silver Beaver Award. Although Dr. Cheatum was a moving force in the scientific worid, I think his true greatness lay in his teaching. He had the unique ability to inspire student thought and activity far beyond the classroom. He led students to almost every type of environment that Texas had to offer. These field trips with Dr. Cheatum were truly experiences that few students ever forget. Dr. Cheatum's life work and collections have been transferred to the Dallas Museum of Natural History. by Richard W. Fkllington Dallas Museum of Natural History P. O. Box 26193, Fair Park Sta., Texas 75226 JUST PUBLISHED Third Edition, enlarged and completely rewritten, now includes shells of the West Indies, This enlarged edition of the Atlantic Coast shell guide takes its place as an up-to-date counterpart of the author's Field Guide to Shells of the Pacific Coast and Hawaii. More species and new material on individual shells have been included, and information in earlier editions has been brought up to date throughout. Redesigned and entirely reset, the new edition covers 1035 shells, 1033 of which are illustrated with photographs. All the plates are new, and there are 31 additional plates. Changes in typography and arrangement en- hance the ease of use. Boldfaced subheadings point up facts about range, habitat, and physi- cal characteristics. Illustrations are conven- iently located in the center of the book for quick reference. And the area of coverage has been expanded to include the more common shells of the West Indies— a boon to those who visit the Caribbean. Introductory sections contain all the help and advice a beginner needs to start him on a fasci- nating hobby. For the experienced collector there exists no equally satisfactory one-volume guide to identification. A Field Guide to Shells OF THE ATLANTIC AND GULF COASTS AND THE WEST INDIES By Percy A. Morris EDITED BY WILLiAM J. CLENCH At your bookstore. Cloth, $7.95. Paper, $4.95 HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY • 2 Park Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02107 INFORMATION FOR SUBSCRIBERS The annual subscription rate for The Nautilus is $7.00 for individuals and $12.00 for institutions (domestic or foreign). Subscriptions may begin in January. Send check or money order to "The Nautilus" to Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa. 19083. Back issues from volume 72 to date are obtainable from the Business Manager. Volumes 1 througli 71 (if available) may be obtained in reprint or original form from Kraus Reprint Co., Route 100, Millwood, New York 10546. Advertising rates may be obtained from the Business Manager or Editor. CONTRIBUTORS Manuscripts: Authors are requested to follow the recommendations of the Style Manual for Biological Journals, which may be purchased from the American Institute of Biological Sciences, 2000 "P" Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036. Manuscripts should be typewritten and doublespaced; original and one copy are required, to facilitate reviews. Tables, numbered in arable, should be on separate pages, with the title at the top. Legends to photographs should be typed on separate sheets. Explanatory terms and symbols within a drawing should be neatly printed, or they may be pencilled in on a translucent overlay, so that the printer may set them in 8 pt. type. There is a charge of 50 cents per word for this extra service. All authors or their institutions will be charged 50 cents per line of tabular material and taxonomic keys. The pubhshers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge S32 per printed page. An abstract should accompany each paper. Reprints and covers are available at cost to authors. When proof is returned to authors, information about ordering reprints will be given. They are obtained from the Economy Printing Co., Inc., R. D. 3, Box 169, Easton, Maryland 21601. MOLLUSK VOUCHER SPECIMENS It is becoming increasingly important for future research purposes that an identified sampling of species mentioned in pubHcations be deposited in a permanent, accessible museum speciahzing in mollusks. This is particularly true of mollusks used in physiological, medical, parasitologjcal, ecological, and experimental projects. The Delaware Museum of Natural History has extensive, modern facilities and equipment for the housing and curating of voucher specimens. Mater- ial should be accompanied by the identification, locahty data and its bibliographic reference. There is no charge for this permanent curating service, and catalog numbers, if desired, will be sent to authors prior to pubUcation. MBl. WHOI I IHKARY liJH 17XV Z